Use these links to rapidly review the document
UTSTARCOM, INC. TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 8—FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

---

FORM 10-K

Commission File Number: 000-29661

UTSTARCOM, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

---

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
 Yes o    No þ

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes o    No þ

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ    No o

          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (check one):

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No þ

          The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $576,313,041 based upon the closing price of $5.47 reported for such date on The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of Common Stock held by persons who hold more than 10% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and shares held by officers and directors of the registrant, have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination is not necessarily conclusive for other purposes.

          As of February 16, 2009, the registrant had 126,567,149 outstanding shares of Common Stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

          Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to the stockholders in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which Proxy Statement will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2009, are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

---

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2

---

Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        UTStarcom (which may be referred to as the Company, we, us, or our) means UTStarcom, Inc. or UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as the context requires. The name UTStarcom is a registered trademark of UTStarcom, Inc.

        In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, references to and statements regarding China or PRC, refer to the People's Republic of China or mainland China, references to U.S. dollars or $ are to United States Dollars, and references to Renminbi are to Renminbi, the legal currency of China.

        Unless specifically stated, information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K assumes an exchange rate of 6.82 Renminbi for one U.S. dollar, the exchange rate in effect as of December 31, 2008.

        Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K we may incorporate by reference certain information from other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). Please refer to such information at www.sec.gov.

        UTStarcom's public filings, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to such reports, are available free of charge at our website, www.utstar.com. The information contained on our website is not being incorporated herein.

        This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. Beginning on page 19 we discuss some of the risk factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those provided in the forward-looking statements.

3

---

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1—BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

        Our focus is to design, manufacture and sell IP-based telecommunications infrastructure products including our primary product suite of Internet Protocol TV ("IPTV"), Next Generation Network ("NGN") and broadband solutions along with the ongoing services relating to the installation, operation and maintenance of these products. In addition, we also sell handsets that are designed and manufactured for the China market. Collectively our range of solutions are designed to expand and modernize telecommunications networks through smooth network system integration, lower operating costs and increased broadband access. We also provide the carriers with increased revenue opportunities by enhancing the user experiences of their subscribers. The majority of our sales have been to service providers in China and we have expanded our focus to build a growing presence in both established and key developing economies in Asia, Latin America and Europe.

        UTStarcom was incorporated in Delaware in 1991. Our headquarters are in Alameda, California, with our research and design operations primarily in China. Our primary mailing address is 1275 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California 94502. We can be reached by telephone at (510) 864-8800 and our website address is www.utstar.com. All of our SEC filings can be found under the Investor Relations section of our website or at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov and are available free of charge. The information contained on our website is not being incorporated by reference herein.

OUR OBJECTIVE

        Our objective is to be a leading global provider of Internet Protocol ("IP")-based communications products and services. We seek to differentiate ourselves by developing innovative, first-to-market products that enable telecommunications operators to enhance the technological capacity of their networks, lower their operating expenses and provide new offerings to their customer base. Our products are designed to integrate multiple functionalities and deliver multiple revenue-generating services on a single technology platform, reduce network complexity and enable a migration to a new generation of network technologies. Our solutions are designed to make carrier deployments, maintenance and upgrades both economical and efficient, allowing operators to earn a high return on their investment while reducing subscriber churn and increasing average revenue per subscriber.

OUR STRATEGY

        In 2007, we completed an in-depth strategic analysis of the company. In this process we determined that our key strengths could be closely aligned with the favorable long-term market trends relating to IP products in certain geographic markets. In September 2007 we announced a new corporate strategy that is intended to make UTStarcom a stronger global competitor that over the long term will provide value to its customers and shareholders. As we execute our strategy we believe our carrier relationships and product innovation will be rewarded in the form of increased contract awards which will be reflected in the bookings metrics that we generally disclose on a quarterly basis. Our strategic priorities, and the related milestones achieved in 2008, are summarized as follows:

Focus primarily on providing a suite of IP-based solutions including our main product suite comprised of IPTV, NGN and broadband products and the related services.

        Recent macro trends indicate that telecom carriers want solutions that solve complex network problems and help them attract subscribers through an enhanced user experience. IP-based products have given an early indication of meeting this market driven demand. Product development and

4

---

Table of Contents

deployment are a core competency of ours as indicated by our historic and recent experience in successfully introducing market changing technologies for the telecommunications market.

        In 2008 we streamlined our strategic focus by exiting a number of the businesses which we identified as non-core to our IP-based product strategy. In July 2008, we divested our wholly-owned subsidiary, UTStarcom Personal Communications LLC ("PCD"), and our Mobile Solutions Business Unit ("MSBU"). Subsequently, in the fourth quarter we initiated actions to disband our Custom Solutions Business Unit ("CSBU") and to wind down our Korea based handset operation.

        By simplifying our Company, we can now better allocate our resources to the product areas where we can differentiate ourselves from the competition. We intend to expand our market position in IP-based products through innovation and continued research and development efforts.

Maintain our leadership position in China and India while growing our presence in the key developing economies across Asia, Latin America and Europe.

        These geographic regions are characterized as having large populations, a growing base of wealth, high acceptance rates for new technology and fewer established competitors. Additionally, carriers in these regions are relatively unencumbered by established legacy networks leading them to invest high capital expenditure budgets in order to modernize and expand their networks. Over time these regions are expected to have higher rates of growth than the North American market.

        In China and India we currently hold the market leadership positions for certain key offerings. Specifically, in China and India we are the leader in IPTV market share. Moreover, we hold the leading position in India's broadband market. We also have a growing presence across key markets in the rest of Asia, Latin America and Europe. In addition to our local sales force in each region we will augment our regional sales efforts through strategic partnerships.

Leverage our strong reputation with telecom carriers and our ability to solve complex network problems.

        Telecom carriers generally select vendors with a proven ability to innovate and reliably provide network solutions. Historically we have deployed IPTV, Next Generation Network and broadband solutions which enabled carriers to improve their network performance relating to optimal traffic management, lower operating costs and smoother network integration. The innovative features we provide, such as telemedia and digital signage help carriers attract new subscribers and increase their revenue streams.

        Over time, these deployments have enhanced our understanding of carrier needs and our ability to design appropriate solutions. The reputation that we have obtained for innovation, performance and reliability provide us a competitive advantage as we seek to expand our existing and new customer relationships.

Use our favorable reputation and carrier relationships in China to provide handsets to the China market.

        We believe there remains opportunity to grow our handset business in China. This opportunity is driven by the recent industry restructuring and the customer demand from the growing population in China's urban regions.

        Our reputation for market leadership in China extends back to the early 1990s when we helped create a new telecom market based on our Personal Access Solution and Personal Handyphone System (collectively "PAS") products and continues today with our market leadership position in IPTV. This long business history provides us with high brand awareness in China and many key relationships among the major carriers.

5

---

Table of Contents

Improve our financial position through enhanced marketing efforts and reduced operating expense levels.

        We recognized the urgency for us to improve our financial model in order to return the company to profitability. Throughout 2008 we sold a number of non-core businesses to allow us to better concentrate our resources and management attention on our strategic priorities.

        In 2009 we expect to achieve improved bookings results through targeted sales efforts. Internally, we have realigned our product focus, R&D efforts and sales efforts to more effectively target the most desired customers in our selected regions. Externally, we seek to establish sales partnerships and sales channels which will improve our ability to obtain and execute contracts in certain geographic regions.

        During 2008 we reduced our year-over-year quarterly selling, general and administrative and research and development operating expenses by approximately 37% by resolving certain legacy regulatory issues, executing divestitures and improving our ongoing internal processes throughout 2008. In December 2008, we announced further initiatives, including our plan to transition certain key functions, including finance, to China in order to eliminate functional duplication and reduce operating expenses. Our ability to successfully implement this change in 2009 is a critical part of our plan to achieve profitability and maintain liquidity. We may encounter difficulties in implementing this significant change in a short time period. If we are not successful, we may not achieve the expected benefits despite having expended significant capital and human effort. We will continue to manage the company's resources, particularly our cash position, to ensure our ability to execute our strategic plan with an emphasis on near term return on investments and profitability.

KEY STRENGTHS

        Our key strengths in the implementation of our strategy include:

Demonstrated ability to introduce and deploy innovative IP-based technologies.

        Since 2005 we have pioneered IPTV deployment in China and India. Today we are the leading IPTV provider across Asia and we recently debuted the first IPTV-based video advertising network in China. In 2008, we proved our NGN expertise as we were one of the few companies to execute Class 5 switch replacements. Our mSwitch™ NGN solution carried more than 500 billion minutes of usage (MoU), representing 16% of global Voice over IP ("VoIP") traffic. Relative to the broadband market we are the market share leader in India and we launched the world's first all-IP-DSLAM and the first GEPON solution.

        Our innovation is part of our heritage dating to the early 1990s when we helped create a new telecommunications market in China based on the development of our PAS products, offering an alternative to traditional mobile telephony.

Reputation for providing a unique customer-centric business model by solving complex problems to expand and modernize networks.

        Our product portfolio includes interactive IPTV services that generate an additional revenue opportunity with a carrier's subscriber base. The Next Generation Network and broadband products significantly reduce operating costs through better network integration and management, improved broadband access and effective network management support. We have demonstrated our ability to customize the design of our solutions to match the economic needs of our customers. As such, the carriers are able to shorten the return on investment timeframe for their network expenditures.

Market leadership positions in China and India with a growing footprint in the developing countries in Asia, Latin America and Europe.

        We have leadership positions in China and India where our pioneering role in the telecommunications industry and strong brand recognition position us favorably. The majority of our

6

---

Table of Contents

business is derived from the large and developing economies in China, India and Latin America. These regions have historically had high acceptance rates for new technologies, fewer established competitors and have a lack of legacy infrastructure hurdles in their existing networks. Meanwhile, many third party sources indicate that the telecom capital expenditure budgets in these regions will better withstand the current economic climate than the North American market.

Blended Eastern & Western capabilities, management and business environments.

        To be aligned with our largest geographic market, much of our senior management team and our sales force are based in China. In addition, parts of our sales force are also located in other key local markets. This geographic presence lets us maintain the specific local knowledge and customer relationships that enable us to quickly adapt to local market trends. Our R&D and manufacturing operations are also primarily located in China in order to have low cost operations and remain cost competitive.

        By having a public listing on the Nasdaq, we maintain access to the U.S. capital markets and an experienced executive talent pool. Our public listing on the Nasdaq exchange requires us to satisfy some of the highest governance and accounting standards in the global economy.

MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS

        Our products and services are being deployed and implemented in regions throughout the world in markets including Asia, Latin America and Europe. With the acquisition of selected assets from Audiovox Corporation in November 2004, until we divested these PCD operations in July 2008, the United States was our single largest market, representing 61%, 67% and 55% of net sales in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Subsequent to the divestiture of PCD operations, China is now our largest market, representing 49% of our net sales in the last two quarters of 2008. Additional markets and customer information is included in the discussion of business segments below.

Global Customers

        Our customers, typically telecommunications service providers, enable delivery of wireless, wireline and broadband access services including data, voice, and/or television to their subscribers. They include, but are not limited to, local, regional, national and international telecommunications carriers, including broadband, cable, Internet, wireline and wireless providers. Telecommunications service providers typically require extensive proposal review, product certification, test and evaluation and network design, and, in most cases, are associated with long sales cycles. Our customers' networking requirements are influenced by numerous variables, including their size, the number and types of subscribers that they serve, the relative teledensity of the geography served, their subscriber demand for IP communications and access services in the served geography.

Competition

        We compete in the telecommunications equipment market, providing IP-based core infrastructure products, and services for transporting data, voice and television traffic across IP-based networks. The markets in which we compete are characterized by rapid change, converging technologies, and a migration to IP-based networking and communications solutions that offer relative advantages to our customers and their subscribers. These market factors represent a competitive threat to UTStarcom. We compete with numerous vendors in each product and market category. The overall number of our competitors providing new products and solutions may increase. Also, the composition of competitors may change as we increase our activity in various technology markets. As we continue to expand globally, we may see new competition in different geographic regions. In particular, we have experienced price-focused competition from competitors in Asia, especially from China, and we

7

---

Table of Contents

anticipate this will continue. For specific competitors, see the following discussion of our business segments in this Item 1.

        We believe our competitive strengths are derived from four main factors: our ability to introduce and deploy innovative IP-based technologies; our reputation for providing a customer-centric business model and solving complex problems; our market leadership position in China and India along with a growing footprint across Asia, Latin America and Europe; and our blend of Eastern and Western business environments.

        By contrast, our competitive disadvantages include our relatively smaller size in terms of revenues, working capital, and financial resources and number of employees as compared to many of our competitors, our lack of history and experience in selling to many of the largest carriers in well-established markets and our lack of consumer brand recognition in markets outside of China.

TECHNOLOGY AND PRODUCTS

        Our product focus is in two core markets: Broadband Infrastructure and Multimedia Communications. These markets leverage the high growth that is driven by the shift to IP-based technologies, particularly in the world's developing economies. We plan to build on our demonstrated success in key developing regions across Asia, Latin America and Europe.

        Within these two core markets, we anticipate profitable growth driven by our suite of offerings including IPTV, NGN, and broadband solutions.

Business Segments

        In order to improve the focus and accountability within the Company, we made a number of organizational changes in the fourth quarter of 2007 which included the introduction of a new business segment structure. Our core business is comprised of the Broadband Infrastructure business unit and the Multimedia Communications business unit and the Services business unit that supports these two business units. In July 2008, we sold our PCD operations to an entity controlled by AIG Global Investment Group and certain other investors. Through our Korea based handset operations, we continue to manufacture and sell handsets to this newly formed entity, Personal Communication Devices, LLC ("PCD LLC"). In July 2008, we also completed the divestiture of MSBU. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we initiated actions to disband CSBU and to wind down our Korea based handset operations which historically supported the now divested PCD.

        Our reporting segments consist of the following segments:

•

Multimedia Communications;



•

Broadband Infrastructure;



•

Handsets;



•

Services;



•

Personal Communications Division (PCD); and



•

Other, which includes our Mobile Solutions business unit (MSBU) and Custom Solutions business unit (CSBU).

        For net sales, segment margin and assets for these segments, see Note 16 of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

        Our Multimedia Communications segment is responsible for the development and management of IPTV and related technologies (such as IP Signage) plus our core NGN software. Our Personal Access System ("PAS") infrastructure and wireless systems teams are also a part of this segment.

8

---

Table of Contents

        Our Broadband Infrastructure segment is responsible for software and hardware products that enable end users to access high-speed, cost-effective wireline data, voice and media communication.

        Our Handsets segment designs, builds and sells consumer handset devices that allow customers to access wireless services. The Handsets segment includes all handset revenues within China, including all PAS handsets. Following the disposition of PCD in July 2008, the Handsets segment also includes our Korea based handset operations, whose principal activity is supplying handsets to PCD LLC.

        We support the growth and operation of the installed base of our system solutions through our professional services business, UTStarcom Services. Our globally-deployed experts assist our customers with activities ranging from network planning, circuit-to-packet network migration planning, systems integration, program management, operations management and support, and knowledge transfer.

        On July 1, 2008, we sold our Personal Communications Division. See Note 3 of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Prior to July 1, 2008, PCD sold and supported handsets other than PAS handsets, mainly in the United States.

        Included in our Other segment are MSBU and CSBU. On July 31, 2008, we sold MSBU which was responsible for the development, sales and service of our wireless IPCDMA/IPGSM product line. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we announced that CSBU will be disbanded during the first quarter of 2009 through the wind down of certain products and the consolidation of voice messaging technology into our Multimedia Communications segment. CSBU historically had been responsible for the development, sales and service of other non-core products such as IP messaging, transaction gateways, and Remote Access Server ("RAS") which enables users to access network data and services from remote locations and our Packet Data Services Node ("PDSN") product line which connects CDMA cellular network infrastructure equipment to IP networks.

MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS UNIT

Product Offerings

        Revenues from this segment accounted for approximately 17%, 13% and 18% of total sales in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our Multimedia Communications segment includes our IPTV, mSwitch™ and PAS solutions.

RollingStream™—IPTV Solution

        Video content is increasingly being viewed by telecommunications providers as a new source of revenue. Our IPTV system, RollingStream™, includes both central office and customer premises equipment for delivering television and multimedia over carrier networks based on IP technology. Our RollingStream™ products and services enable a service provider to deliver broadcast television and on-demand video services to residential and commercial premises over a switched network architecture. It is a carrier-class product that is designed to scale to support millions of users and hundreds of thousands of content hours. We believe RollingStream™ is the first solution designed to enable carriers to deploy very large-scale streaming video content over a switched network.

        The RollingStream™ product family includes a storage and streaming device ("MediaStation"), a device for combining different video signals onto a unified distribution system ("Content Engine"), a device residing at the user's home or place of business, and a network management system that enables system wide operation. RollingStream™ products have been designed to function over standard copper telephone lines as well as cable or optical transmission lines.

        RollingStream™ is designed to allow carriers to offer new, revenue-generating television and multi-media services. The system is also designed to help providers attract customers of cable and satellite operators by offering a more comprehensive and interactive suite of services. We continue to see

9

---

Table of Contents

industry and customer enthusiasm with key customer deployments announced in China with China Telecom and China Unicom, in India with Bharti Airtel, BSNL/Aksh, MTNL/Aksh and United Telecoms Limited, in Sri Lanka with SLT, in Latin America with Brasil Telecom and in Taiwan with Markwell.

mSwitch™—NGN & Softswitch Solution

        Our mSwitch is a flexible IP-based platform designed to provide voice communications over an IP network. The mSwitch product family supports three primary solutions:

•

IP-based Personal Access System ("iPAS") Wireless Local Service,



•

Next Generation Network ("NGN") Voice over Internet Protocol ("VoIP"), and



•

Fixed Mobile Convergence.

        mSwitch enables service providers to migrate from existing circuit platforms to a next generation IP-based switch architecture, or to launch new applications in "Greenfield" or new deployment environments that have no legacy infrastructure. Our mSwitch portfolio is a carrier-class next generation switching product family that enables service providers to:

•

Deploy a converged core switching network that supports both wireline and wireless endpoints,



•

Enable application delivery across diverse access points,



•

Maintain consistent end user experience regardless of method of access to the applications,



•

Protect investment in their core infrastructure,



•

Deploy a scalable, modular system, and



•

Enjoy the benefits of an Operation Support System /Network Management System suite designed to integrate with the service provider's existing network.

PAS—Personal Access Solution

        Our Personal Access System family of wireless core infrastructure equipment, based on the PHS standards developed by The Association of Radio Industries and Telecommunication Technology Committee in Japan, is designed to help our customers create new revenue opportunities with high quality wireless voice and data services. Approximately 77% and 87% of our Multimedia Communications revenue in 2008 and 2007, respectively, was derived from our PAS infrastructure products.

        With the UTStarcom IP-Based PAS (iPAS) wireless access network, operators can migrate their current wireline network to an IP-based PHS wireless network that provides wireless voice and data services within a city or community. With this new system, service providers can offer new wireless services, such as citywide mobility, same-number wireless extension, email, mobile Internet access, text messaging and location-based services.

        The iPAS wireless access network offers the following advantages:

•

Common platform for both wireline and wireless—offers a complete set of wireline and wireless services: Plain Old Telephone Service, Integrated Services Digital Network, citywide mobility, text messaging, email, location-based services, mobile internet access.



•

Flexible deployments—integrates iPAS into the existing public network or it can be deployed as an independent network over a unified IP-based core network with advanced softswitch architecture. As a result, service providers can cost-effectively deploy services to meet subscriber demands.

10

---

Table of Contents

•

High-performance softswitch platform—scales an iPAS network to support from 10,000 to more than five million subscribers with a softswitch server cluster and multi protocol gateways. With its softswitch architecture, customers can migrate seamlessly to Third-Generation ("3G") Cell-Phone Technology services over a unified IP-based core network.



•

Centralized Web-based operations support system—simplifies network operations by concentrating all supporting functions, such as subscriber management, service provisioning, network management, billing processing and customer care, into one centralized network operation center. With the Web-based interface, maintenance personnel or subscribers can access the service remotely over the Internet.



•

Wide selection of subscriber devices—allows customers to choose the easiest access: a PHS handset or personal station for citywide mobility, a fixed subscriber unit for fixed wireless access, a Personal Handyphone System Internet Access Forum Standard data suite device for high-speed Internet access, or any combination of these.

Markets and Customers

        In 2008, our largest market for Multimedia Communications products was China, which accounted for approximately 89% of revenues for the segment, primarily driven by the PAS business. We believe that China continues to be one of the largest and most important markets in the world with gross domestic product (GDP) growth averaging more than 9% each year over the past several years, though the growth has slowed during the fourth quarter of 2008 with the global downturn in economic activity. China is currently undergoing an evolution of telecommunications technology. As such, infrastructure spending is expected to transition over the next several years from traditional wireless and wireline technologies to new technologies such as 3G and broadband-based services. While this led to an overall decline in Multimedia Communications revenues by 11% and 28% in 2008 and 2007, respectively, we expect the sales of our next generation multimedia communications systems such as Rollingstream™ to increase in the future.

        In 2008, the Zhejiang Province in China accounted for approximately 31% of net sales within the Multimedia Communications business segment. In 2007, sales in the Jiangsu Province and in the Zhejiang Province accounted for approximately 12% and 15%, respectively, of total net sales for the Multimedia Communications business segment.

Competition

        The Multimedia Communications market is marked by intense competition worldwide from numerous global and regional competitors, including some of the world's largest companies. Pricing, payment terms and brand recognition are key considerations for our customers. Specific competitors in this segment include Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco Systems, Inc., Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Nokia Siemens Networks, Inc., Sonus Networks, Inc., Starent Networks and ZTE Corporation, Inc.

BROADBAND INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS UNIT

Product Offerings

        Our Broadband Infrastructure products are designed to satisfy customer demand for high speed and cost-effective wireline-based data, voice and multimedia services. Revenues from this segment accounted for approximately 7%, 6% and 8% of total sales in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our wireline technology enables high-speed voice, video and data transmissions over broadband IP-based networks. Our Broadband Infrastructure segment includes digital subscriber line products, multi-service access node products and fiber optics products.

11

---

Table of Contents

Broadband Access Products

        We have pioneered several broadband access technologies including IP-based DSLAM and GEPON. With continuous innovation, we have been able to extend our footprint across the globe with broadband access product lines.

Multi-Service Access Node

        A Multi-Service Access Node ("MSAN") offers a wide range of services including IPTV, High-Speed Internet Access, POTS, ISDN, VoIP, over twisted pair copper and optical fiber. UTStarcom's iAN8K B1000 Multimedia Network Edge is a leading MSAN platform with over 28 million lines installed as of December 31, 2008. iAN8K B1000 offers access-gateway function for NGN Migration application by providing connectivity to existing legacy network and state-of-the-art IP-based voice network. NGN migration is the most important target market for MSAN, which is evolving into a very large global opportunity. iAN8K B1000 also offers IP-based DSLAM function based on ADSL2+ and VDSL2 standards for the still-growing broadband access market. iAN8K B1000 is based on next-generation Gigabit Ethernet architecture, in-line with our commitment to offer end-to-end IP connectivity. We continue to enrich our MSAN product by expanding the MSAN product line—including iAN B1200 which was introduced in 2008. This new product has a compact form factor and extends the coverage of our iAN8K B1000 MSAN product. iAN B1200 is targeted on FTTB/FTTC applications. iAN B1205 is first product from this series; it offers very high-density in a small form factor.

Digital Subscriber Line Products

        Digital subscriber line ("DSL") technology allows high-speed data and content transfer while providing simultaneous telephone communications over the same fixed copper line. Our IP-based DSL Access Multiplexers ("IP-DSLAMs") incorporate the latest DSL technologies combined with a range of form factors to enable high-speed access and to deliver services to residential and commercial subscribers using broadband networks.

        Our AN-2000 product is intended for operators with an existing copper telephone network seeking to expand into offering broadband data to their customers. An all-IP network allows our customers to more easily add features such as video streaming and IP multicast in addition to traditional broadband services. To date, we have deployed more than seven million IP-DSLAM lines globally.

        Our DSL products include customer premise equipment ("CPE") such as various DSL modems, set-top boxes and voice over the internet devices that allow residential and business customers to access voice, data and video services. Our products are designed to be rich in functionality, simple to set up, easy to install and easy to manage. The diversity and flexibility of our CPE offerings allows them to work with both our own infrastructure equipment as well as with other vendors' infrastructure equipment.

Gigabit Ethernet Passive Optical Network ("GEPON")

        In 2004, we introduced our GEPON product. A passive optical network is a system configuration that brings optical fiber all the way to the end user using unpowered optical splitters which enable a single optical fiber to serve multiple premises. Our GEPON platform is designed to provide high subscriber density and low cost of entry, making it a compelling alternative to traditional telephone or broadband solutions.

        Our GEPON family includes both the telecommunications provider's central office and CPE which handle speeds of up to one Gigabit per second of bandwidth to residential and business customers. By integrating more functionality into the product, we have eliminated the need for carriers to deploy additional switching and routing equipment.

12

---

Table of Contents

Optical Transport Products

        Our optical products include transport products based upon internationally defined optical transmission standards and access products. Our products convert and translate data, video, voice or other traffic into an optical signal that is transmitted over glass fiber. The product platform includes a multi-service management system which simultaneously processes multiple speeds ranging from 155 Megabits per second for traditional voice service to 40 Gigabits per second for data intensive services.

Multi-Service Transport Platform ("MSTP")

        We introduced our NetRing™ MSTP optical product line in December 2003. While our GEPON product is designed to provide services to individual customers, our NetRing™ products are designed for the high bandwidth needs of a service area. Our NetRing™ 600 products provide voice and data services for multi-tenant buildings, office buildings and enterprise campus applications. Our mid-range NetRing™ 2500 products offer voice and data transport when more bandwidth and greater capacity is required. Our high-end NetRing™ 10000 products provide service for regional transport applications, when maximum bandwidth and capacity is required. In each application, the optical fiber is looped through the service area and connected back upon itself, providing full redundancy in the event that the fiber is severed. NetRing™ provides a broad range of functions for carriers to manage voice, data and video traffic with network management functions previously available only on multiple, independent platforms. In late 2008, we introduced our new state-of-art 40G product—NetRing™ 40K which is currently under trial with certain key customers.

Resilient Packet Ring ("RPR")

        In late 2007, we introduced our first Metro Ethernet product, which is MEF certified and uses RPR as the core technology for transport. This product is targeted for metro aggregation function. It is widely deployed in Bharat Sanchar Nigam Ltd.'s ("BSNL") multi-play network, for which we are turn-key providers and also have large deployment of IP-based DSLAM.

Markets and Customers

        Our Broadband Infrastructure segment also targets several large markets and customers worldwide. In 2008, we signed several large broadband infrastructure customers, including Bezeq, Yemen Telecom, and Jersey Telecom. We also won an expansion contract from Bharat Sanchar Nigam Ltd. in India. Our customer Brasil Telecom continued to expand its broadband network with our iAN8K B1000. While we have had success in the past in specific areas such as Japan, we now also have broadband customers throughout Asia, Europe and Latin America.

        Our key target markets for 2008 for the deployment of our Broadband Infrastructure products were Asia, Latin America and Europe. We believe these markets provide a significant amount of opportunity going forward given their relatively low broadband penetration rates and strong consumer demand for new broadband services.

        For example, according to the Census Bureau of India, as of September 1, 2007, India had a population of over 1.1 billion and according to the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India, as of December 31, 2007, India's teledensity (the number of phone lines per 100 persons) is only at approximately 23.9% compared to teledensity of approximately 60% in the U.S. as of December 31, 2007. We currently offer our MSAN, IPDSLAM, IPTV, MSTP and GEPON, as well as a host of products and services in India. With over one million access lines deployed today, we anticipate that we will continue to implement and deploy our products and conduct trials with several operators, including Reliance Infocomm Ltd. and Bharat Sanchar Nigam Ltd.

13

---

Table of Contents

Competition

        The Broadband Infrastructure market is subject to intense competition worldwide from numerous global and regional competitors, including some of the world's largest companies. These companies leverage pricing, payment terms and their pre-existing customer relationships. Specific competitors in this segment include Alcatel-Lucent, ECI Telecom, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., LM Ericsson Telephone Company, Nortel Networks Corporation, Nokia Siemens Networks, Inc. and ZTE Corporation, Inc.

HANDSETS BUSINESS UNIT

Product Offerings

        We design, build and sell consumer handset devices that allow customers to access wireless services. Historically, the Handsets segment included all handset revenues within China. Prior to the disposition of PCD in July 2008, sales of our Korea based handset operations were accounted for as intercompany sales. Subsequent to the disposition of PCD, sales of our Korea based handset operations to PCD LLC are included in the Handsets business unit. In December 2008, we initiated actions to wind down our Korea based handset operations and accordingly expect to exit the business of sales to PCD LLC by the end of the second quarter of 2009. We expect our Handset segment will continue to supply handsets to the China market using our strong brand name and carrier relationships.

        Our primary product line sold in the China market is comprised of PAS products. Our Handsets business accounted for approximately 18%, 10% and 16% of revenues in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Demand for our PAS handsets has continued to decline resulting from a decline in PAS subscribers as service providers reduced marketing efforts for PAS handsets in anticipation for next generation technology networks and the restructuring of China telecommunication industry. In 2009 and beyond, we expect declines in PAS subscribers as the China telecommunication industry transitions to 3G mobile service offerings. In recognition of these anticipated changes in service to mobile customers in China, we expect to transition our handset capabilities in China to the manufacture of CDMA and TD-SCDMA handsets for sale in the China market.

PAS Handsets

        We currently offer a wide variety of PAS handset models from high-end, data-capable and feature-rich models to low-cost value models. In 2008, we sold more than 3.6 million PAS and PAS/GSM handsets.

CDMA and TD-SCDMA Handsets

        In 2008, we introduced several new models into the CDMA handset markets and a new model into the TD-SCDMA handset markets in China. China Telecom, the only CDMA license carrier in China, started promotion of CDMA and consequently, market demand has increased sharply. Meanwhile, China Mobile launched a TD-SCDMA-based network. We anticipate a significant increase in market demand in both CDMA and TD-SCDMA handset markets in China in 2009. Following the disposition of PCD in July 2008, we also sold CDMA handsets designed by our Korea based handset operations into the North American market by supplying those CDMA handsets to PCD LLC. While we announced in December 2008 that we are winding down our Korea based handset operations, we expect to continue our CDMA and TC-SCDMA business with a strategy focused on mid to high-tier products, a flexible product design approach to meet market demand, differentiated product features and an investment on EVDO to support operator's 3G business development. These CDMA and TD-SCDMA handsets have historically been manufactured in China and will continue to be manufactured in China.

14

---

Table of Contents

Markets and Customers

        In 2008, our primary market for the Handsets segment was in China with approximately 54% of segment revenue attributed to the China market. In 2008, sales to PCD accounted for approximately 44% of net sales for the Handsets segment. In 2007, sales in the Jiang Su Province, the Zhe Jiang Province and the Guang Dong Province accounted for approximately 18%, 12% and 11%, respectively, of sales for the Handsets segment.

Competition

        Due to the telecom restructuring and a recent announcement by the China government that PAS will be phased out by 2011, investment from fixed-line operators on PAS business has decreased over the past years. As a result, some of our competitors are exiting the PAS market. Currently, our primary competitor for PAS is OKWAP. The CDMA business faces significant competition from numerous competitors including Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., LG, Samsung and ZTE Corporation, Inc. The TD-SCDMA chipset platform is not mature and the network is still forming; competitors include DaTang, Hisense, Samsung and ZTE Corporation, Inc.

SERVICES BUSINESS UNIT

        In addition to our product offerings, we provide a broad range of service offerings, including technical support services. Our service offerings complement our products with a range of consulting, technical, project, quality and maintenance support-level services including 24-hour support through technical assistance centers. Technical support services are designed to help ensure that our products operate efficiently, remain highly reliable, and benefit from the most up-to-date system software. These services enable customers to protect their network investments and minimize downtime for systems running mission-critical applications. Our Services segment accounted for approximately 3%, 2%, and 2% of revenues in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The market for Services is marked by intense competition worldwide from numerous global and regional competitors, including some of the world's largest companies. Pricing, payment terms and brand recognition are key considerations for our customers. Specific competitors in this segment include Alcatel-Lucent, LM Ericsson Telephone Company, Nortel Networks Corporation and Nokia Siemens Networks, Inc.

PERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION

        We acquired the Personal Communications Division ("PCD") from Audiovox Corporation in November 2004. Revenues from this segment represented approximately 54%, 67% and 55% of our total net sales in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Verizon Wireless and Sprint Spectrum L.P. accounted for approximately 20% and 12%, respectively, of total net sales in 2008. On July 1, 2008, we sold PCD to an entity controlled by AIG Global Investment Group and certain other investors. The total sale consideration of approximately $237.7 million was based primarily on the working capital of PCD as of the closing of the transaction, subject to certain adjustments. We also invested $1.6 million in equity securities representing approximately a 2.5% interest in the newly formed entity, PCD LLC. Pursuant to the terms of the divestiture agreement, we may be entitled to receive up to an additional $50 million earnout payment in 2011 based on the achievement of cumulative earnings levels of PCD LLC through December 31, 2010. Concurrent with the closing of the sale transaction, we entered into a three-year supply agreement with PCD LLC (the "Supplier Agreement"), whereby we intended to supply handset products to PCD LLC. In connection with the wind down of our Korea based handset operations, in December 2008, we furnished PCD LLC with 180-day's notice of termination of the Supplier Agreement. Due to the ongoing direct cash flows from these operations, the sale of the PCD assets did not meet the criteria for presentation as discontinued operations under SFAS 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," ("SFAS 144").

15

---

Table of Contents

OTHER BUSINESS SEGMENT

        Included in our Other segment are MSBU and CSBU. On July 31, 2008, we sold MSBU which was responsible for the development, sales and service of our wireless IPCDMA/IPGSM product line. CSBU is responsible for the development, sales and service of other non-core products such as IP messaging, transaction gateways, and Remote Access Server ("RAS") which enables users to access network data and services from remote locations and our Packet Data Services Node ("PDSN") product line which connects CDMA cellular network infrastructure equipment to IP networks. In the fourth quarter 2008, we announced that CSBU will be disbanded during the first quarter of 2009 through the wind down of certain products and the consolidation of voice messaging technology into our Multimedia Communications segment.

OPERATIONS

Employees

        As of December 31, 2008, we employed a total of approximately 4,400 full-time employees. From time to time, we also employ part-time employees and hire contractors. Of the total number of full-time employees at December 31, 2008, approximately 1,700 were in research and development, approximately 700 were in manufacturing, approximately 1,400 were in marketing, sales and support, and approximately 600 were in administration. We had approximately 3,600 employees located in China, approximately 400 employees located in the United States and 400 employees located in other countries. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining agreement and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that we have good employee relations.

        On December 16, 2008, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan which includes, among other things, a reduction in force of approximately 700 employees. Approximately 300 employees were terminated prior to December 31, 2008 in connection with the 2008 restructuring plan. The remaining headcount reduction is expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2009.

Sales, Marketing and Customer Support

        We pursue a direct sales and marketing strategy in China, targeting sales to telecommunications operators and equipment distributors with closely associated customers. We maintain sales and customer support sites in all major cities in China. Our customer service operation in Hangzhou, China, serves as both a technical resource and liaison to our product development organization. In China, customer service technicians are distributed in the regional sales and customer support sites to provide a local presence.

        Our sales efforts in markets outside of China combine direct sales, original equipment manufacturers, distributors, resellers, agents and licensees. We maintain sales and customer support offices in several countries covering the U.S., Canada, Latin America, the Caribbean, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, India and the Asia-Pacific regions.

Manufacturing, Assembly and Testing

        We manufacture or engage in the final assembly and testing of our mSwitch, PAS systems, and MSAN products at our manufacturing facility in the Chinese province of Zhejiang. The manufacturing operations consist of circuit board assembly, final system assembly, software installation and testing. We assemble circuit boards primarily using surface mount technology. Assembled boards are individually tested prior to final assembly and tested again at the system level prior to system shipment. We use internally developed functional and parametric tests for quality management and process control and have developed an internal system to track quality statistics at a serial number level.

16

---

Table of Contents

        Our manufacturing facility is ISO 9001-2000 and ISO 14000 certified. ISO 9001-2000 and ISO 14000 certifications require that the certified entity establish, maintain and follow an auditable quality process including documentation requirements, development, training, testing and continuous improvement which is periodically audited by an independent external auditor.

        We contract with third parties in China to perform high-volume assembly and manufacturing of our handsets and some high-volume single boards for MSAN, PAS and mSwitch systems. Handset final assembly, testing and packaging are conducted at our own facilities as well as contracted to third parties. We generally use third parties for high-volume assembly of circuit boards. We have also contracted with various suppliers to provide PAS wireless base station components for distribution under the UTStarcom label. In China, we undertake final assembly and test our wireless infrastructure products at our own facilities.

Research and Development

        We believe it is essential to continue to develop and introduce new and enhanced products if we are to maintain our competitive position. While we use competitive analyses and technology trends as factors in our product development plans, the primary input for new products and product enhancements comes from soliciting and analyzing information about service providers' needs. Our relationships with China's Ministry of Information Industry and Telecommunications Administration and individual telecommunications bureaus and our full-service post-sale customer support in China provide our research and development organization with insight into trends and developments in the marketplace. The insights provided from these relationships allow us to develop market-driven products such as PAS, mSwitch and IP-DSLAM. We maintain a strong relationship between our research centers in the U.S. and China. We have been able to cost-effectively hire highly skilled technical employees from a large pool of qualified candidates in China. We also have a development center in India to take advantage of the talent pool available there, and to support our operations in India. Our research and development centers are ISO 9001-2000 certified.

        In the past we have made, and expect to continue to make, significant investments in research and development. Our research and development expenditures totaled $143.3 million in 2008, $168.3 million in 2007 and $182.9 million in 2006.

Intellectual Property

        Our ability to compete depends in part on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. In addition, we have, from time to time, chosen to abandon previously filed applications. Patents may not be issued and any patents issued may not cover the scope of the claims sought in the applications. Additionally, issued patents may be found to be invalid or unenforceable in the courts of those countries where we hold or have filed for such patents or patent applications. Our U.S. patents do not afford any intellectual property protection in China or other international jurisdictions. Additionally, patents that we hold in countries other than the United States do not afford any intellectual property protection in the United States. Please refer to the discussion of risks associated with our intellectual property in "Item 1A—Risk Factors—Factors Affecting Future Operating Results."

Seasonality

        Although we experience some seasonality typical of the telecommunications industry, such as seasonally weak first quarters, our revenues and earnings have not demonstrated consistent seasonal characteristics. In contrast, our results are generally impacted more significantly by factors such as customer concentration and the timing of revenue recognition.

17

---

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

        Our current executive officers and their ages as of December 31, 2008 are as follows:

        Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. Each executive officer is a full-time employee. There is no family relationship between any of our executive officers or directors.

        Hong Liang Lu became our Chairman in July 2008, and has served as a director since June 1991. Mr. Lu served as President and Chief Executive Officer from June 1991 to July 2007 and as Chief Executive Officer from July 2007 to July 2008. Mr. Lu also served as our Chairman from March 2003 to December 2006. In June 1991, Mr. Lu co-founded UTStarcom, Inc. under its prior name, Unitech Telecom, Inc., which subsequently acquired StarCom Network Systems, Inc. in September 1995. From 1986 through December 1990, Mr. Lu served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Kyocera Unison, a majority-owned subsidiary of Kyocera International, Inc. Mr. Lu served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Unison World, Inc., a software development company from 1983 until its merger with Kyocera in 1986. From 1979 to 1983, Mr. Lu served as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Unison World, Inc. Mr. Lu holds a B.S. in Civil Engineering from the University of California at Berkeley.

        Peter Blackmore has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President and as a director since July 2008, and served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from July 2007 to June 2008. From 2005 until he joined the Company, Mr. Blackmore served as Executive Vice President in charge of world-wide sales, marketing and technology at Unisys Corporation. Prior to joining Unisys in 2005, he served as Executive Vice President of the Customer Solutions Group at Hewlett-Packard Company from 2004 and as Executive Vice President of the Enterprise Systems Group from 2002 through 2004. From 1991 until its acquisition by Hewlett-Packard in 2002, Mr. Blackmore served in a number of senior management positions with Compaq Computer Corporation, most recently as its Executive Vice President of worldwide sales and services from 2000 through 2002. Mr. Blackmore holds an M.A. in Economics from Trinity College, Cambridge, U.K.

        Mark Green has served as our Senior Vice President of Global Human Resources and Real Estate since February 2007, and served as our Vice President of Human Resources from January 2006 to January 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Green was at Verisign Inc. from June 2005 as the Human Resources Director of Verisign Security Services. From 1992 to 2005, Mr. Green was at Nortel, where he joined their Human Resources Leadership Development Program, rotating through multiple Human Resources areas in the U.K. and the U.S. He then moved to Hong Kong, as International Human Resources Services Manager for the APAC region, returning to the U.S. as Senior Human Resources Business Partner for the Clarify eBusiness-Software Applications Division, then Human Resources Director of Nortel's Enterprise Division. Mr. Green received his BSEE from Leeds University, U.K., and MSc in Human Resources Management and Industrial Relations from the London School of Economics. He is also a graduate of the Institute of Personnel and Development, U.K.

18

---

Table of Contents

        Susan Marsch has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Ethics Officer since April 2007. Prior to joining us, Ms. Marsch was the General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Vice President of Firefly Mobile, Inc. from January 2006 to July 2006. From September 2003 to December 2005, she was the General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Vice President at Redback Networks, Inc. Prior to joining Redback Networks, Ms. Marsch was the General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Vice President of AltaVista Company from December 2001 to August 2003. She also served as General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Vice President of Beatnik, Inc. from January 2000 to September 2001 and as Vice President, Associate General Counsel at The TCW Group, Inc. from February 1998 to January 2000. Ms. Marsch began her legal career at the law firm of Latham and Watkins LLP in October 1993. She received a J.D. and BBA from the University of Michigan, and is a Certified Public Accountant.

        Viraj Patel has served as our Interim Chief Financial Officer Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer since August 2008, and served as our Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer from November 2005 to August 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Patel was Vice President of Finance for Celera Group from July 2005 to October 2005. Mr. Patel also served as Vice President of Finance for Nektar Therapeutics from March 2004 until June 2005. From November 2003 to March 2004, Mr. Patel served as an interim Corporate Controller for Extreme Networks. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Patel was the Chief Financial Officer of Avanti Corporation. Prior to joining Avanti Corporation Mr. Patel worked for Pall Corporation from 1989 through 1999 where he served as the Chief Accounting Officer. Mr. Patel began his career at Price Waterhouse (now PwC) in 1982. Mr. Patel holds a BBA from Pace University, New York. He is a Certified Public Accountant from the State of New York and is a member of the New York State Society of CPAs and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

ITEM 1A—RISK FACTORS

FACTORS AFFECTING FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMPANY

We continue to experience operating losses and may not have sufficient liquidity to execute our business plan or to continue our operations without obtaining additional funding. Our ability to obtain additional funding is not assured.

        We reported net losses of $150.3 million, $195.6 million and $117.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2008 we had an accumulated deficit of $841.5 million and used $55.2 million of cash in operations during the year ended December 31, 2008. Please refer to Management's Discussion and Analysis of "Liquidity and Capital Resources" included under Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of the factors that raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern, including, among other things, our continuing operating losses, generally declining amount of cash and cash equivalents, and reduced and expiring credit facilities. This uncertainty as to our ability to continue as a going concern caused our independent registered public accounting firm to include an explanatory paragraph highlighting this uncertainty in their "Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" dated March 2, 2009 included in "Part II, Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        Management has partially implemented its liquidity plan through the payment in March 2008 of $289.5 million to retire the Company's convertible subordinated notes and related accrued interest, and the sale of PCD on July 1, 2008 (see Notes 3 and 9 of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). As a result management believes the Company will likely have sufficient liquidity to finance its 2009 anticipated working capital and

19

---

Table of Contents

capital expenditure requirements if the Company is able to achieve the operating results contained in its 2009 financial plan. However, achievement of such operating performance is not assured and management expects to continue to implement its liquidity plans, which includes reducing operating expenses and obtaining loans from financial institutions. If we cannot successfully implement our liquidity plans, it may be necessary for us to make significant changes to our business plan in order to maintain adequate liquidity. In addition, various other matters may impact our liquidity such as:

•

changes in financial market conditions or our business condition that could limit our access to existing credit facilities or make new financings more costly or even unfeasible;



•

inability to achieve planned operating results that could increase liquidity requirements beyond those considered in our business plan;



•

our principal credit facility expires in the third quarter of 2009, and based upon our recent financial performance and financial position, we believe the bank may reduce the total available credit under this facility when we renegotiate its renewal;



•

changes in China's currency exchange control regulations that could limit our ability to access cash in China to meet liquidity requirements for our operations in China or elsewhere; and



•

difficulties in performing finance and other key functions, as a result of the Company's plan to eliminate functional duplication during 2009 by consolidation of a number of such functions into our China operations, which could adversely affect cash collections and liquidity.

        Although management has developed liquidity plans, we may have difficulty maintaining existing relationships, or developing new relationships, with suppliers or vendors as a result of our financial condition. Our suppliers or vendors could choose to provide supplies or services to us on more stringent payment terms than those currently in place, such as by requiring advance payment or payment upon delivery of such supplies or services, which would have an adverse impact on our short-term cash flows. As a result, our ability to retain current customers, attract new customers and maintain contracts that are critical to our operations may be adversely affected.

        Our ability to continue as a going concern during the next twelve months and beyond until we generate sustained profits and/or positive cash flows from operations is subject to our ability to successfully reduce operating expenses and/or obtain loans from financial institutions. Our continuing operating losses increase the difficulty of our meeting such goals and our efforts to continue as a going concern may not prove successful.

Any failure by us to execute successfully on our business plan, including our cost reduction strategy, could result in total costs and expenses that are greater than expected which would adversely affect our operating result and threaten our ability to continue our operations.

        Management has undertaken a significant review of our business and has developed an operating plan that it believes will address our cash requirements for the next 12 months. In addition to increasing our liquidity through reducing operating expenses and obtaining loans, as discussed above, we anticipate continuing to take rebalancing actions, including work force reductions, as needed to bring operational expenses to appropriate levels for each of our businesses and to address our cash flow requirements. We expect cost savings from planned restructuring activities to provide liquidity for operations, to be used to offset market forces or to be reinvested in our businesses to strengthen our competitiveness, but we cannot be certain that we will be successful in these efforts. Significant risks associated with these actions and other workforce management issues that may impair our ability to

20

---

Table of Contents

successfully implement our business plan and achieve anticipated cost reductions or that may otherwise harm our business include:

•

delays in implementation of any further workforce reductions in highly regulated locations outside of the United States, particularly in Europe and Asia;



•

redundancies among restructuring programs;



•

decreases in employee morale; and



•

the failure to meet operational targets or respond rapidly to future growth opportunities due to the loss of employees, particularly sales employees.

        Moreover, our management must devote significant time and attention to any corporate restructuring, and, if it becomes necessary to undertake additional restructuring measures, management may not be able to devote sufficient time and attention to our core operations. If we are unable to realize the anticipated benefits of the completed cost reductions, or if it becomes necessary to undertake additional restructuring measures, our results of operations will be harmed and we may have to cease our operations. In addition, our ability to retain key employees may be adversely affected by our restructuring plans.

Recent market turmoil may negatively impact our business.

        Disruptions in orderly financial markets in recent months, resulting from, among other factors, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability plus volatile and declining valuations of securities and other investments, have caused business and consumer confidence to ebb, business activities to slowdown, and unemployment to increase. These factors along with the interconnectivity and interdependency of international economies have created a global downturn in economic activity.

        We are unable to predict how long the economic downturn will last. A continuing economic downturn may adversely impact our business in a number of ways, such as:

•

Reduced demand for our products and services.  In a period of economic uncertainty customers may adopt a strategy of deferring purchases to upgrade existing or deploy new systems until later periods when the recoverability of their investment becomes more assured. In addition, customers who must finance their capital expenditures by issuance of debt or equity securities may find the securities markets unavailable to them.



•

Increased pricing pressure and lower margins.  Our competitors include a number of global enterprises with relatively greater size in terms of revenues, working capital, financial resources and number of employees, and our customers are telecommunication service providers who typically are owned, controlled, or sponsored by governments. If the size of our potential markets contract due to the global economic downturn, competition for available contracts may become more intense which could require us to offer or accept pricing, payment, or local content terms which are less favorable to remain competitive. In some cases we might be unwilling or unable to compete for business where competitive pressures make a potential opportunity unprofitable to us.



•

Greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable.  Many of our telecommunication carrier customers are either owned or controlled by governments; any changes in such governments' policies concerning the authorization or funding of payments for capital expenditures could lengthen our cash collection cycle and thereby cause our liquidity to deteriorate. Additionally, while the vast majority of our net sales are to such large, well capitalized telecommunication carriers, some sales are made to distributors or other customers whose financial resources may be more subject to rapid decline, which could expose us to losing sales, delaying revenue recognition or accepting greater collection risks due to credit quality issues.

21

---

Table of Contents

•

Greater difficulty in obtaining purchased goods and services.  We expect that many of our suppliers will face the same or more challenging circumstances as we face in the current economic downturn, which could result in an adverse effect on our cash flows and liquidity. Some suppliers or vendors could choose to provide supplies or services to us on more stringent payment terms than those currently in place, such as by requiring advance payment or payment upon delivery of such supplies or services. Additionally, some suppliers might experience a worsening financial condition causing them to either withdraw from the market or be unable to meet our expected timing for the receipt of goods ordered from them, either of which condition in turn could adversely affect our ability to serve our customers and lengthen the cycle time for transforming customer orders into cash receipts. Additionally if it is necessary to seek alternative sources of supply, the effects on our costs, cycle time for cash collections, and customer satisfaction with our Company are uncertain.



•

Additional restructuring and asset impairment charges.  If we are unable to generate the level of new contract bookings, revenues, and cash flow contemplated by our business plan, management will be forced to take further action to focus our business activities and align our cost structure with anticipated revenues. These actions, if necessary, could result in additional restructuring charges and/or asset impairment charges being recognized in 2009 and beyond.

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any divestitures that we undertake.

        As discussed in Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we divested two of our non-core operations (and the assets associated with these operations) in July 2008. There is no assurance that the anticipated benefits of these divestitures, including without limitation the receipt of any earnout payment provided in the PCD sale which are conditional on the achievement of contractually specified future cumulative earnings levels by PCD LLC, and any other divestitures we may undertake in the future will be realized.

Our overall financial performance continues to depend in large part upon our China subsidiaries.

        Approximately 27% of our sales were generated in China in 2008, as compared to approximately 23% of our sales in 2007. Subsequent to the divestiture of PCD in July 2008, China now accounts for a larger portion of our overall sales, constituting 49% of our net sales in the last two quarters of 2008, and we anticipate in 2009 that China sales will account for an even larger portion of our overall sales. We have made substantial investments in China and, therefore, our business, financial condition and results of operations are to a significant degree subject to economic, political, legal and social developments and other events in China. In addition, we recently had significant changes within our senior management team in China, and our current senior management team as a whole does not have the same degree of experience in China as our senior management team had in the past. If our current senior management in China cannot maintain and /or establish key relationships with customers, governmental entities and others in China, our business in China may decline significantly. If our business in China declines, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be significantly harmed.

We may be unable or unwilling to accept additional purchase orders from existing clients, which could damage our relationships with such clients and lead to legal and financial consequences which could harm our business.

        Due to liquidity constraints or other strategic factors, we may from time to time be unable or unwilling to accept additional purchase orders from existing clients. If an existing customer places a purchase order with us that we then refuse to accept, our relationship with such customer may be harmed. Moreover, any refusal or inability by us to accept additional purchase orders may result in legal claims by our customers, reduced collections from previous purchase orders and financial

22

---

Table of Contents

penalties, which could distract our management and harm our business. Certain of our contracts have significant performance bank guarantees that, subject to the terms in the contracts, may be paid to the customer in the event of a default by us in addition to any other remedies it may have.

Any failure by us to successfully transition certain functions to China may lead to increased costs and adversely affect our business.

        We are currently undertaking an initiative to transition certain key functions, including finance, to China in order to eliminate functional duplication and reduce operating expenses. Our ability to successfully implement this change in 2009 is a critical part of our plan to achieve profitability and maintain liquidity. We may encounter difficulties in implementing this significant change in a short time period. We may experience a higher than typical rate of employee turnover as a result of this transition and a decrease in employee morale. If we fail to attract, hire, assimilate or retain qualified personnel in China, this transition may be delayed and ultimately unsuccessful. Cash collections and liquidity may be adversely affected if we have difficulties performing finance functions during or after the transition. Information and data that we rely on may be subject to risk of loss in connection with the transition. If we are not successful in this initiative, we may not achieve the expected benefits despite having expended significant capital and human effort.

We may have to sell our securities.

        If we cannot meet our liquidity needs through improved operating results or by obtaining loans from financial institutions, we may have to sell our securities, which would dilute the ownership of our stockholders. Our ability to sell our securities is not assured.

We face risks related to possible violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

        In December 2005, the U.S. Embassy in Mongolia informed us that it had forwarded to the Department of Justice (the "DOJ") allegations that an agent of our Mongolia joint venture had offered payments to a Mongolian government official in possible violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the "FCPA"). We, through our Audit Committee, authorized an independent investigation into possible violations of the FCPA, and we have been in contact with the DOJ and the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") regarding the investigation. The investigation has identified possible FCPA violations in Mongolia, Southeast Asia, India and China, as well as possible violations of U.S. immigration laws. The DOJ has requested that the Company voluntarily produce documents related to the investigation, the SEC has subpoenaed the Company for documents, and we have received a Grand Jury Subpoena requiring the production of documents related to one aspect of the DOJ investigation, that is, certain training programs we have sponsored. The SEC has indicated it regards travel arrangements provided to customers in China in connection with certain systems contracts, and other conduct, as violations. The Company has executed tolling agreements extending the statute of limitations for the FCPA issues under investigation by the SEC and the DOJ and the immigration issues under investigation by the DOJ.

        At this time, we cannot predict when the FCPA inquiries will be completed or what the outcome of these inquiries will be. These inquiries could harm relationships with existing customers and our ability to obtain new customers and partners. If the SEC or the DOJ makes a determination that we have violated federal laws, we may face severe criminal and civil sanctions including, but not limited to, fines, disgorgement and an injunction. These inquires also could result in regulatory proceedings, and thus potentially adverse findings, that could require us to pay damages or penalties or have other remedies imposed upon us. In addition, it is possible that the findings and outcome of any of these inquiries and any subsequent regulatory proceedings may affect other lawsuits that are pending and we cannot guarantee that new lawsuits related to the matters under inquiry will not be filed. Thus, any adverse findings or other negative outcomes of these inquiries with respect to the possible FCPA

23

---

Table of Contents

violations could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows, and ultimately our stock price.

Adverse resolution of pending civil litigation may harm our operating results or financial condition.

        We are a party to lawsuits in the normal course of our business. In addition to litigation in the ordinary course of business, we and various of our executive officers and directors are currently named defendants in various actions arising from or relating to our past accounting restatements, our past stock option award practices and the allocation of shares by our underwriters in our initial public offering. This litigation is, and any future additional litigation could be, time consuming and expensive, could divert our management's attention away from our regular business, and if any one of these lawsuits is adversely resolved against us, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and liquidity. Moreover, the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict. For additional information regarding certain of the matters in which we are involved, see Part I, Item 3 Legal Proceedings of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our future product sales are unpredictable and, as a result, our operating results are likely to fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

        Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control. Factors that may affect our future operating results include:

•

the timing and size of the orders for our products;



•

consumer acceptance of new products we may introduce to market;



•

changes in the growth rate of customer purchases of communications services;



•

the lengthy and unpredictable sales cycles associated with sales of our products;



•

revenue recognition, which is based primarily on customer acceptance of delivered products, is unpredictable;



•

cancellation, deferment or delay in implementation of large contracts;



•

quality issues resulting from the design or manufacture of the products, or from the software used in the product;



•

cash collection cycles in China and other emerging markets;



•

reliance on product, software and component suppliers who may constitute a sole source of supply or may have going concern issues;



•

the decline in business activity we typically experience during the Chinese Lunar New Year, which leads to decreased sales and collections during our first fiscal quarter;



•

issues that might arise from divestiture of non-core assets or operations or the integration of acquired entities and the inability to achieve expected results from such divestitures or acquisitions;



•

shifts in our product mix or market focus; and



•

availability of adequate liquidity to implement our business plan.

        As a result of these and other factors, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful or indicative of future performance. In addition, the factors noted above may make it difficult for us to forecast our future financial performance. Furthermore, it is possible that in some future quarters our operating results will fall below our internal forecasts, public guidance

24

---

Table of Contents

or the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If this occurs, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Competition in our markets may lead to reduced prices, revenues and market share.

        We face intense competition, and will continue to face intense competition, from both domestic and international companies in our target markets, many of which may operate under lower cost structures and have much larger sales forces than we do. Additionally, other companies not presently offering competing products may also enter our target markets. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, product development, sales, marketing and other resources than we do. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in service provider requirements. Our competitors may also be able to devote greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of new products. These competitors may be able to offer significant financing arrangements to service providers, which may give them a competitive advantage in selling systems to service providers with limited financial resources. In many of the developing markets in which we operate or intend to operate, relationships with local governmental telecommunications agencies are important to establish and maintain through permissible means. In many such markets, our competitors may have or be able to establish better relationships with local governmental telecommunications agencies than we have, which could result in their ability to influence governmental policy formation and interpretation to their advantage. Additionally, our competitors might have better relationships with their third party suppliers and obtain component parts at reduced rates, allowing them to offer their end products at reduced prices. Moreover, the telecommunications and data transmission industries have experienced significant consolidation, and we expect this trend to continue. If we have fewer significant customers, we may be more reliant on such large customers and our bargaining position and profit margins may suffer.

        Increased competition is likely to result in price reductions, reduced gross profit as a percentage of net sales and loss of market share, any one of which could materially harm our business, cash flows and financial condition if extended losses were incurred. In order to be competitive, we must continually reduce the cost of manufacturing our products through design and engineering changes and other cost control measures. We may not be successful in these efforts or in delivering our products to market in a timely manner. In addition, any redesign may not result in sufficient cost reductions to allow us to reduce the prices of our products to remain competitive or to improve or maintain our gross profit as a percentage of net sales, which would cause our financial results to suffer.

        To meet competitive offerings we may accept contracts with low profitability or even enter into contracts with anticipated losses if we believe it is necessary to establish a relationship with a customer or a presence in a market that we consider important to our strategy. Accepting a contract with an anticipated loss requires us to recognize a provision for the entire loss in the period in which it becomes evident rather than in later periods in which contract performance occurs. Accepting contracts with low gross margins adversely affects our reported results when the revenues from such contracts are recognized; in some cases revenue recognition must be deferred until all revenue recognition criteria have been met, and this would result in recognizing the adverse effects of low gross margin contracts in periods subsequent to when contract performance occurred.

The average selling prices of our products may decrease, which may reduce our revenues and our gross profit.

        The average selling prices for communications access and switching systems and handsets have historically declined as a result of a number of factors, including:

•

increased competition;



•

aggressive price reductions by competitors;

25

---

Table of Contents

•

rapid technological change; and



•

constant change in customer buying behavior and market trends.

        The average selling prices of our products may continue to decrease in the future in response to product introductions by us or our competitors or other factors, including price pressures from customers. Certain of our products, including wireless handsets, historically have had low gross profit margins, and any further deterioration of our profit margins on such products could result in losses with respect to such products. Therefore, we must continue to develop, source and introduce new products and enhancements to existing products that incorporate features that can be sold at higher average selling prices. Failure to do so, or the failure of consumers or our direct customers to accept such new products, could cause our revenues and gross profit to decline.

Our market is subject to rapid technological change, and to compete effectively, we must continually introduce new products and product enhancements that achieve market acceptance.

        The market for communications equipment is characterized by rapid technological developments, frequent new product introductions, changes in consumer preferences and evolving industry and regulatory standards. Our success will depend in large part on our ability to enhance our technologies and develop and introduce new products and product enhancements that anticipate changing service provider requirements, technological developments and evolving consumer preferences. We may need to make substantial capital expenditures and incur significant research and development costs to develop and introduce new products and enhancements. If we fail to develop and introduce new products or enhancements to existing products that effectively respond to technological change on a timely basis, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Certain of our products, including wireless handsets, have a short product life. Moreover, from time to time, our competitors or we may announce new products or product enhancements, technologies or services that have the potential to replace or shorten the life cycles of our products and that may cause customers to defer purchasing our existing products, resulting in charges for inventory obsolescence reserves. Future technological advances in the communications industry may diminish or inhibit market acceptance of our existing or future products or render our products obsolete. Even if we are able to develop and introduce new products, they may not gain market acceptance. Market acceptance of our products will depend on various factors, including:

•

our ability to obtain necessary approvals from regulatory organizations within the countries in which we operate and for any new technologies that we introduce;



•

the length of time it takes service providers to evaluate our products, causing the timing of purchases to be unpredictable;



•

the compatibility of our products with legacy technologies and standards existing in previously deployed network equipment;



•

our ability to attract customers who may have pre-existing relationships with our competitors;



•

product pricing relative to performance;



•

the level of customer service available to support new products; and



•

the timing of new product introductions meeting demand patterns.

        If our products fail to obtain market acceptance in a timely manner, our business and results of operations could suffer.

26

---

Table of Contents

We depend on some sole source and key suppliers for components and materials used in our products. If we cannot secure from these suppliers adequate supplies of high quality products at competitive prices or in a timely manner, or if these suppliers successfully market their products directly to our customers, our competitive position, reputation and business could be harmed.

        We have contracts with a limited group of suppliers to purchase certain components and materials used in our products. If any supplier is unwilling or unable to provide us with high-quality components and materials in the quantities required and at the costs specified by us, we may not be able to find alternative sources on favorable terms, in a timely manner, or at all. For example, chipsets used in certain of our handsets are provided by a sole source supplier. If we had to begin using chipsets from another supplier for any reason, we would have to re-engineer our handsets to be compatible with the new chipset, which could cause delays in the manufacturing and shipping of our handsets. Further, a supplier could market its products directly to our customers. The possibility of a supplier marketing its own products would create direct competition and may affect our ability to obtain adequate supplies. Our inability to obtain or to develop alternative sources if and as required could result in delays or reductions in manufacturing or product shipments. From time to time, there could be shortages of certain products or components. Moreover, our suppliers may supply us with inferior quality products. If an inferior product supplied by a third party is embedded in our end product and causes a problem, it might be difficult to identify the source of the problem as being due to the component parts. If any of these events occur, our competitive position, reputation and business could suffer.

        Our ability to source a sufficient quantity of high-quality, cost-effective components used in our products may also be limited by import restrictions and duties in the foreign countries in which we manufacture our products. We require a significant number of imported components to manufacture our products, and imported electronic components and other imported goods used in the operation of our business may be limited by a variety of permit requirements, approval procedures, patent infringement claims, import duties and licensing requirements. As an example, a recent court case between a third party and one of our suppliers involved a patent dispute potentially restricting the importation of handsets into the U.S. While this case has been resolved in the supplier's favor at the trial court level, our supply of products could be affected by similar cases in the future. Moreover, import duties on such components increase the cost of our products and may make them less competitive.

Our global diversification strategy has strained our resources and subjects us to various economic, political, regulatory and legal risks.

        We market and sell our products globally. The expansion of our existing multinational operations and entry into new markets requires significant management attention and financial resources. To manage our global diversification strategy, we will need to take various actions, including:

•

enhancing management information systems, including forecasting procedures;



•

further developing our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls;



•

managing our working capital and sources of financing;



•

maintaining close coordination among our engineering, accounting, finance, marketing, sales and operations organizations;



•

successfully consolidating a number of functions in China in 2009 to eliminate functional duplication;



•

retaining, training and managing our employee base;



•

reorganizing our business structure to more effectively allocate and utilize our internal resources;

27

---

Table of Contents

•

improving and sustaining our supply chain capability; and



•

managing both our direct and indirect sales channels in a cost-efficient and competitive manner.

        If we fail to implement or improve systems or controls or to manage any future growth and transformation effectively, our business could suffer.

        Furthermore, multinational operations are subject to a variety of risks, such as:

•

the complexity of complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations;



•

the complexity of complying with United States laws and regulations for foreign operations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;



•

difficulty complying with continually evolving and changing global product and communications standards and regulations for both our end products and their component technology;



•

market acceptance of our new products, including longer product acceptance periods in new markets into which we enter;



•

reliance on local original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs"), third party distributors and agents to effectively market and sell our products;



•

unusual contract terms required by customers in developing markets;



•

changes to import and export regulations, including quotas, tariffs, licensing restrictions and other trade barriers;



•

the complexity of compliance with complex and varying taxation requirements of multiple jurisdictions;



•

evolving and unpredictable nature of the economic, regulatory, competitive and political environments;



•

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;



•

longer accounts receivable collection periods; and



•

difficulties and costs of staffing, monitoring and managing multinational operations, including but not limited to internal controls and compliance.

        In addition, many of the global markets are less developed, presenting additional economic, political, regulatory and legal risks unique to developing economies, such as the following:

•

customers that may be unable to pay for our products in a timely manner or at all;



•

new and unproven markets for our products and the telecommunications services that our products enable;



•

lack of a large, highly trained workforce;



•

difficulty in controlling local operations from our headquarters;



•

variable ethical standards and an increased potential for fraud;



•

unstable political and economic environments; and



•

lack of a secure environment for our personnel, facilities and equipment.

        In particular, these factors create the potential for physical loss of inventory and misappropriation of operating assets. We have in the past experienced cases of vandalism and armed theft of our equipment that had been or was being installed in the field. If disruptions for any of these reasons

28

---

Table of Contents

become too severe in any particular market, it may become necessary for us to terminate contracts and withdraw from that market and suffer the associated costs and lost revenue.

Our success depends on continuing to hire and retain qualified personnel, including senior managers. If we are not successful in attracting and retaining these personnel and in managing key employee turnover, our business will suffer.

        The success of our business depends in significant part upon the continued contributions of key technical and senior management personnel, many of whom would be difficult to replace. The loss of a key employee, the failure of a key employee to perform satisfactorily in his or her current position or our failure to attract and retain other key technical and senior management employees could have a significant negative impact on our operations. This is particularly the case in China, where we have had significant changes within our senior management team over the past two years.

        Notwithstanding our recent workforce restructurings, to effectively manage our operations, we will need to recruit, train, assimilate, motivate and retain qualified employees both locally and internationally. Competition for qualified employees is intense, and the process of recruiting personnel in all fields, including technology, research and development, sales and marketing, administration and management with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business strategy can be difficult, time-consuming and expensive. As we grow globally, we must implement hiring and training processes that are capable of quickly deploying qualified local residents to knowledgeably support our products and services. Alternatively, if there is an insufficient number of qualified local residents available, we might incur substantial costs importing expatriates to service new global markets. For example, we have historically experienced difficulty finding qualified accounting personnel knowledgeable in both U.S. and Chinese accounting standards who are Chinese residents. If we fail to attract, hire, assimilate or retain qualified personnel, our business would be harmed. Our recent layoffs also have an adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain critical staff. Competitors and others have in the past, and may in the future, attempt to recruit our employees. In addition, companies in the telecommunications industry whose employees accept positions with competitors frequently claim that the competitors have engaged in unfair hiring practices. We may be the subject of these types of claims in the future as we seek to hire qualified personnel. Some of these claims may result in material litigation and disruption to our operations. We could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against these claims, regardless of their merit.

Currency rate fluctuations may adversely affect our cash flow and operating results.

        Our business is subject to risk from changing foreign exchange rates because we conduct a substantial part of our business in a variety of currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Historically, a substantial portion of our sales have been made in China and denominated in Renminbi, and during 2008 and 2007 we also made significant sales denominated in Japanese Yen, Euros, Indian Rupees and Canadian Dollars. Additionally, we have exposures to emerging market currencies, which can have extreme currency volatility. Adverse movements in currency exchange rates may negatively affect our cash flow and operating results. For example, during 2008, we incurred an approximately $9.9 million foreign currency loss attributed to adverse movements in currency exchange rates. Although we could attempt to manage foreign currency exposures using forward and option contracts to hedge against the risk of foreign currency rate fluctuation in the eventual net cash inflows and outflows resulting from foreign currency denominated transactions with customers, suppliers, and non-U.S. subsidiaries, we are not currently hedging such transactions. Furthermore, we would be limited in our ability to hedge our exposure to rate fluctuations in certain currencies, including the Renminbi, on account of governmental currency exchange control regulations that restrict currency conversion and remittance.

29

---

Table of Contents

        Thus, even if we engage in hedging activities in the future, there is no assurance that we would be successful in minimizing the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currencies may have a material impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities or achieve the anticipated benefits of completed acquisitions.

        We have in the past acquired certain businesses, products and technologies. We will continue to evaluate acquisition prospects that would complement our existing product offerings, augment our market coverage, enhance our technological capabilities, or that may otherwise offer growth opportunities. To the extent we may desire to raise additional funds for purposes not currently included in our business plan, such as to take advantage of acquisition opportunities or otherwise develop new or enhanced products, respond to competitive pressures or raise capital for strategic purposes, there is no assurance that additional financing for these or other purposes would be available on acceptable terms or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity securities, our stockholders will experience dilution of their ownership interest, and the newly issued securities may have rights superior to those of common stock. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt, our ability to meet our debt service obligations will be dependent upon our future performance, which will be subject to financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control, we may be subject to limitations on our operations, and our leverage may increase. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired company, diversion of management's attention from other business concerns, risks of entering markets in which we have no direct or limited prior experience, the potential loss of key employees of the acquired company, unanticipated costs and, in the case of the acquisition of financially troubled businesses, challenges as to the validity of such acquisitions from third party creditors of such businesses.

We may be unable to adequately protect the loss or misappropriation of our intellectual property, which could substantially harm our business.

        We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws and contractual obligations to protect our technology. We have applied for patents in the United States and internationally. Additional patents may not be issued from our pending patent applications, and our issued patents may not be upheld. In addition, we have, from time to time, chosen to abandon previously filed patent and trademark applications. Moreover, we may face difficulties in registering our existing trademarks in new jurisdictions in which we operate, and we may be forced to abandon or change product or service trademarks because of the unavailability of our existing trademarks or because of oppositions filed or legal challenges to our trademark filings. We cannot guarantee that the intellectual property protection measures that we have taken will be sufficient to prevent misappropriation of our technology or trademarks or that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to ours. In addition, the legal systems of many foreign countries do not protect or honor intellectual property rights to the same extent as the legal system of the United States. For example, in China, the legal system in general, and the intellectual property regime in particular, are still in the development stage. It may be very difficult, time-consuming and costly for us to attempt to enforce our intellectual property rights in these jurisdictions.

We may be subject to claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which could substantially harm our business.

        The industry in which we compete is moving towards aggressive assertion, licensing, and litigation of patents and other intellectual property rights. From time to time, we have become aware of the

30

---

Table of Contents

possibility or have been notified that we may be infringing certain patents or other intellectual property rights of others. Regardless of their merit, responding to such claims could be time consuming, divert management's attention and resources and cause us to incur significant expenses. In addition, although some of our supplier contracts provide for indemnification from the supplier with respect to losses or expenses incurred in connection with any infringement claim, certain contracts with our key suppliers do not provide for such protection. Moreover, certain of our sales contracts provide that we must indemnify our customers against claims by third parties for intellectual property rights infringement related to our products. There are no limitations on the maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. Therefore, we may incur substantial costs related to any infringement claim, which may substantially harm our results of operations and financial condition.

        We have been and may in the future become subject to litigation to defend against claimed infringements of the rights of others or to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Future litigation may also be necessary to enforce and protect our patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. Any intellectual property litigation or threatened intellectual property litigation could be costly, and adverse determinations or settlements could result in the loss of our proprietary rights, subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses from or pay royalties to third parties which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, and/or prevent us from manufacturing or selling our products, which could cause disruptions to our operations.

        In the event that there is a successful claim of infringement against us and we fail to develop non-infringing technology or license the proprietary rights on commercially reasonable terms and conditions, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted.

The impact of potential United States patent reform legislation, USPTO reforms, and third party legal proceedings may adversely impact our intellectual property.

        Changes to certain United States patent laws and regulations may occur in the future, some or all of which may impact our intellectual property, specifically our patent costs, the scope of future patent coverage we secure, and damages we may be awarded in patent litigation. Currently pending legislation in the U.S. Senate and Congress, (S 3600 and HR 1908) would modify U.S. patent laws relating to, among other things, how patent damages are calculated, the procedures for challenging issued patents, and where patent lawsuits can be filed in the United States. Final administrative rule changes issued by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), the implementation of which rule changes currently is subject to a court-ordered injunction, would modify the U.S. patent application process, including current practices with respect to continuing applications. Additionally, there have been recent U.S. Supreme Court and other court rulings relating to, among other things, the standard for determining whether an invention is obvious, which is a key issue when assessing patentability, the ability of a patent holder to obtain injunctive relief against infringers, and the ability of patent licensees to challenge the patents under which they are licensed. The ruling concerning injunctive relief may make it more difficult, under some circumstances, for us to enjoin a party that has been found to infringe one or more of our patents. Any or all of these proposed statutory or regulatory changes or court rulings may materially and adversely impact our ability to assert our rights in our intellectual property either defensively or against potential infringers.

We are subject to risks related to our financial and strategic investments in third party businesses.

        From time to time we make financial and/or strategic investments in third party businesses. We cannot be certain that such investments will be successful. In certain instances we have lost part or all of the value of such investments, resulting in a financial loss and/or the loss of potential strategic opportunities. If we have to write-down or write-off such investments, or if potential strategic opportunities do not develop as planned, our financial performance may suffer. Moreover, these

31

---

Table of Contents

investments are often illiquid, such that it may be difficult or impossible for us to monetize such investments.

        In certain cases, we have invested in third party businesses that are outside of the United States. In such cases, even if we are able to successfully liquidate such investments, it may be difficult for us to repatriate the proceeds of such investments to the United States in a prompt manner due to restrictions imposed by the local laws of the jurisdictions in which we invest. If we are unable to repatriate the proceeds of our investments promptly as needed, our business could suffer.

Our wireless handset products are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws, and may expose us to potential health and environmental liability claims.

        Our handset products are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the use, disposal and clean up of, and human exposure to, hazardous substances. In the United States, these laws often require parties to fund remedial action regardless of fault. Factors such as the discovery of additional contaminants, the extent of remediation and compliance expenses, and the imposition of additional clean up obligations could cause us to incur substantial costs relating to remediation activities. Compliance with existing or future environmental, health and safety laws could also cause us to incur substantial costs relating to such compliance, including the expense of modifying product designs and manufacturing processes. In addition, restrictions on the use of certain materials in our facilities or products in the future could have a negative impact on our operations.

        Additionally, there have been claims made alleging a link between the use of wireless handsets and the development or aggravation of certain cancers, including brain cancer. The scientific community is divided on whether there is a risk from wireless handset use, and if so, the magnitude of the risk. Even if there is no link established between wireless handset use and cancer, the negative publicity and possible litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business. In the past, several plaintiffs' groups have brought class actions against wireless handset manufacturers and distributors, alleging that wireless handsets have caused cancer. To date, we have not been named in any of these actions and none of these actions have been successful. In the future we could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against similar claims, regardless of their merit. Also, claims may be successful in the future and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Furthermore, there have been claims made alleging a link between the use of Bluetooth enabled mobile phone handsets and noise-induced hearing loss. To date, we have not been named in any of these actions. In the future we could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against similar claims, regardless of their merit. Also, claims may be successful in the future and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws and efforts to comply with such laws may be costly and may adversely impact our financial performance.

        Our operations and the products we manufacture and/or sell are subject to a wide range of global environmental, health and safety laws. Compliance with existing or future environmental, health and safety laws could subject us to future costs, liabilities, impact our production capabilities, constrict our ability to sell, expand or acquire facilities and generally impact our financial performance. Some of these laws relate to the use, disposal, clean up of, and exposure to, hazardous substances. Over the last several years, the European Union (the "EU") countries have enacted environmental laws regulating electronic products. For example, beginning July 1, 2006, our products have been subject to laws that mandate the recycling of waste in electronic products sold in the EU and that limit or prohibit the use of certain substances in electronic products. Other countries outside of Europe are expected to adopt similar laws. We may incur additional expenses to comply with these laws.

32

---

Table of Contents

Product defect or quality issues may divert management's attention from our business and/or result in costs and expenses that could adversely affect our operating results.

        Product defects or performance quality issues could cause us to lose customers and revenue or to incur unexpected expenses. Many of our products are highly complex and may have quality deficiencies resulting from the design or manufacture of such product, or from the software or components used in the product. Often these issues are identified prior to the shipment of the products and may cause delays in market acceptance of our products, delays in shipping products to customers, or the cancellation of orders. In other cases, we may identify the quality issues after the shipment of products. In such cases, we may incur unexpected expenses and diversion of resources to replace defective products or correct problems. Such pre-shipment and post-shipment quality issues could result in delays in the recognition of revenue, loss of revenue or future orders, and damage to our reputation and customer relationships. In addition, we may be required to pay damages for failed performance under certain customer contracts, and may receive claims from customers related to the performance of our products.

Business interruptions could adversely affect our business.

        Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure, external interference with our information technology systems, incidents of terrorism and other events beyond our control that affect us, either directly or indirectly through one or more of our key suppliers. For example, our Hangzhou manufacturing facility's ability to produce sufficient products is dependent upon a continuous power supply. However, the Hangzhou facility has in the past been subject to power shortages, which has affected our ability to produce and ship sufficient products. Also, our operations in Alameda, California and China are located in areas prone to earthquakes. We do not have a detailed disaster recovery plan, and the occurrence of any events like these that disrupt our business could harm our business and operating results.

We may suffer losses with respect to equipment held at customer sites, which could harm our business.

        We face the risk of loss relating to our equipment held at customer sites. In some cases, our equipment held at customer sites is under contract, pending final acceptance by the customer. We generally do not hold title or risk of loss on such equipment, as title and risk of loss are typically transferred to the customer upon delivery of our equipment. However, we do not recognize revenue and accounts receivable with respect to the sale of such equipment until we obtain acceptance from the customer. If we do not obtain final acceptance, we may not be able to collect the contract price or recover this equipment or its associated costs. In other cases, particularly in China, where governmental approval is required to finalize certain contracts, inventory not under contract may be held at customer sites. We hold title and risk of loss on this inventory until the contracts are finalized and, as such, are subject to any losses incurred resulting from any damage to or loss of this inventory.

        If our contract negotiations fail or if the government of China otherwise delays approving contracts, we may not recover or receive payment for this inventory. Moreover, our insurance may not cover all losses incurred if our inventory at customer sites not under contract is damaged prior to contract finalization. If we incur a loss relating to inventory for any of the above reasons, our financial condition, cash flows, and operating results could be harmed.

The failure of our enhanced version of our enterprise resource planning system to operate appropriately could result in material financial misstatements and/or cause delays in our filings.

        During the first quarter of 2008, we implemented an enhanced version of our enterprise resource planning system. We depend on this system in order to timely and accurately process and report key components of our results of operations, financial position and cash flows. The Company and its

33

---

Table of Contents

stockholders are subject to the risks associated with late filings, material misstatements to the quarterly and annual consolidated financial statements and/or financial restatements, any of which could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and lead to a decline in our stock price, if the enterprise planning system fails to operate appropriately.

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

        Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("Sarbanes-Oxley Act") requires that we establish and maintain an effective internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting and include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting. Our annual report on Form 10-K must contain an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that we have identified. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

        We have in the past and as of December 31, 2008 identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and have concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were not effective. The requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are ongoing and also apply to future years. We expect that our internal control over financial reporting will continue to evolve as we continue in our efforts to transform our business. Although we are committed to continue to improve our internal control processes and we will continue to diligently and vigorously review our internal control over financial reporting in order to ensure compliance with the Section 404 requirements, any control system, regardless of how well designed, operated and evaluated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives will be met. In addition, successful remediation of the noted control deficiencies is dependent on the Company's ability to hire and retain qualified personnel. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully remediate our existing material weaknesses or that in the future additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not exist or otherwise be discovered.

RISKS RELATED TO CONDUCTING BUSINESS IN CHINA

China's governmental and regulatory reforms may impact our ability to do business in China.

        Since 1978, the Chinese government has been in a state of evolution and reform. The reforms have resulted in and are expected to continue to result in significant economic and social development in China. Many of the reforms are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to change or readjustment due to a variety of political, economic and social factors. Multiple government bodies are involved in regulating and administering affairs in the telecommunications and information technology industries, among which the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology ("MIIT," the former Ministry of Information Industry), the National Development and Reform Commission ("NDRC"), the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission ("SASAC") and the State Administration of Radio, Film and Television ("SARFT") play the leading roles. These government agencies have broad discretion and authority over all aspects of the telecommunications and information technology industry in China, including but not limited to, setting the telecommunications tariff structure, granting carrier licenses and frequencies, approving equipment and products, granting product licenses, approving of the form and content of transmitted data, specifying technological standards as well as appointing carrier executives, all of which may impact our ability to do business in China.

34

---

Table of Contents

        Any of the following changes in China's political and economic conditions and governmental policies could have a substantial impact on our business:

•

the promulgation of new laws and regulations and the interpretation of those laws and regulations;



•

inconsistent enforcement and application of the telecommunications industry's rules and regulations by the Chinese government between foreign and domestic companies;



•

the restructuring of telecommunications carriers in China, including policy making governing next generation network infrastructure and licensing;



•

restrictions on IPTV license grants, which could limit the potential market for our products;



•

the introduction of measures to control inflation or stimulate growth;



•

the introduction of new guidelines for tariffs and service rates, which affect our ability to competitively price our products and services;



•

changes in the rate or method of taxation;



•

the imposition of laws, rules or regulations affecting the direct or indirect nationalization of assets controlled by non-governmental persons or entities;



•

the imposition of additional restrictions on currency conversion and remittances abroad; or



•

any actions that limit our ability to develop, manufacture, import or sell our products in China, or to finance and operate our business in China.

        In addition to modifying the existing telecommunications regulatory framework, the Chinese government is currently preparing a draft of a standard, national telecommunications law ("Telecommunications Law") to provide a uniform regulatory framework for the telecommunications industry. Currently, Telecommunications Law has been included in the law legislation plan of the Standing Committee of the 11^th National People's Congress. We do not yet know the final nature or scope of the regulations that would be created if the Telecommunications Law is passed. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether it will have a positive or negative effect on us or on some or all aspects of our business.

        Under China's current regulatory structure, the communications products that we offer in China must meet government and industry standards. In addition, a network access license for the equipment must be obtained. Without a license, telecommunications equipment is not allowed to be connected to public telecommunications networks or sold in China. Moreover, we must ensure that the quality of the telecommunications equipment for which we have obtained a network access license is stable and reliable, and will not negatively affect the quality or performance of other installed licensed products.

China's currency exchange control and government restrictions on dividends may impact our ability to transfer funds outside of China.

        A significant portion of our business is conducted in China where the currency is the Renminbi. Regulations in China permit foreign owned entities to freely convert the Renminbi into foreign currency for transactions that fall under the "current account," which includes trade related receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Accordingly, our Chinese subsidiaries may use Renminbi to purchase foreign exchange for settlement of such "current account" transactions without pre-approval. However, pursuant to applicable regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In calculating accumulated profits, foreign investment enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain

35

---

Table of Contents

reserve funds, including mandated employee benefits funds, unless these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises.

        Other transactions that involve conversion of Renminbi into foreign currency are classified as "capital account" transactions; examples of "capital account" transactions include repatriations of investment by or loans to foreign owners, or direct equity investments in a foreign entity by a China domiciled entity. "Capital account" transactions require prior approval from China's State Administration of Foreign Exchange (SAFE) or its provincial branch to convert a remittance into a foreign currency, such as U.S. dollars, and transmit the foreign currency outside of China.

        As a result of these and other restrictions under PRC laws and regulations, our China subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the parent; such restricted portion amounted to approximately $186.1 million, or 40% of our total consolidated net assets as of December 31, 2008. We have no assurance that the relevant Chinese governmental authorities in the future will not limit further or eliminate the ability of our Chinese subsidiaries to purchase foreign currencies and transfer such funds to us to meet our liquidity or other business needs. Any inability to access funds in China, if and when needed for use by the Company outside of China, could have a material and adverse effect on our liquidity and our business.

China's changing economic environment may impact our ability to do business in China.

        Since 1978, the Chinese government has been reforming the economic system in China to increase the emphasis placed on decentralization and the utilization of market forces in the development of China's economy. These reforms have resulted in significant economic growth. However, any economic reform policies or measures in China may from time to time be modified or revised by the Chinese government. While we may be able to benefit from the effects of some of these policies, these policies and other measures taken by the Chinese government to regulate the economy could also have a significant negative impact on economic conditions in China, which would result in a negative impact on our business.

China's entry into the World Trade Organization and relaxation of trade restrictions have led to increased foreign investment in China's telecommunications industry and may lead to increased competition in our markets which may have an adverse impact on our business.

        China's economic environment has been changing as a result of China's entry, in December of 2001, into the World Trade Organization ("WTO"). Foreign investment in the telecommunications sector is regulated by the "Provisions on Administration of Foreign Invested Telecommunications Enterprises" promulgated by the State Council in December 2001 and effective as of January 1, 2002, which was amended on September 10, 2008. The provisions brought foreign equity limits into conformity with China's WTO commitments, allowing foreign investors to own equity generally up to 49% for basic telecom services enterprises and up to 50% for value-added telecom services enterprises.

        As the existing international vendors increase their investment in China, and more vendors enter the China market, the competition in the telecommunication equipment market may increase, and as a result, our business may suffer. If China's entry into the WTO results in increased competition or has a negative impact on China's economy, our business could suffer. In addition, although China is increasingly according foreign companies and foreign investment enterprises established in China the same rights and privileges as Chinese domestic companies as a result of its admission into the WTO, special laws, administrative rules and regulations governing foreign companies and foreign investment enterprises in China may still place foreign companies at a disadvantage in relation to Chinese domestic companies and may adversely affect our competitive position.

36

---

Table of Contents

Uncertainties with respect to the Chinese legal system may adversely affect us.

        We conduct our business in China primarily through our wholly owned subsidiaries incorporated in China. Our subsidiaries are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China. Accordingly, our business might be affected by China's developing legal system. Since 1978, many new laws and regulations covering general economic matters have been promulgated in China, and government policies and internal rules promulgated by governmental agencies may not be published in time, or at all. As a result, we may operate our business in violation of new rules and policies without having any knowledge of their existence. In addition, there are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and enforcement of laws, rules and policies in China. Governmental authorities have broad discretion in the interpretation and enforcement of the laws, regulations and rules. The Chinese legal system is based on written statutes, and prior court decisions have limited precedential value. Because many laws and regulations are relatively new and the Chinese legal system is still evolving, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform. Moreover, the relative inexperience of China's judiciary in many cases creates additional uncertainty as to the outcome of any litigation, and the interpretation of statutes and regulations may be subject to government policies reflecting domestic political changes. Finally, enforcement of existing laws or contracts based on existing law may be uncertain and sporadic, and it may be difficult to obtain swift and equitable enforcement, or to obtain enforcement of a judgment by a court of another jurisdiction. Any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management's attention.

If tax benefits available to our subsidiaries located in China are reduced or repealed, our business could suffer.

        On March 16, 2007, China's top legislature, the National People's Congress, passed the China Corporate Income Tax Law (the "CIT Law"). The CIT Law became effective on January 1, 2008. Under the CIT Law, China's dual tax system for domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises ("FIEs") are effectively replaced by a unified system. The new law establishes a tax rate of 25% for most enterprises and a reduced tax rate of 15% for certain qualified high technology enterprises.

        Prior to this change in tax law, certain subsidiaries and joint ventures located in China enjoyed tax benefits in China which were generally available to FIEs. The tax holidays/incentives for FIEs were applicable or potentially applicable to UTStarcom ChongQing Telecom Co. Ltd. ("CUTS"), UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. ("HUTS"), Hangzhou UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. ("HSTC") and UTStarcom China Co., Ltd. ("UTSC"), the Company's active subsidiaries in China, because these entities may have qualified as accredited technologically advanced enterprises.

        The CIT Law targets certain industries for the reduced 15% tax rate, which will be available for certain qualified high technology enterprises. For FIEs established before the promulgation of the new law who currently enjoy lower tax rates, any increase in their tax rates would be gradually phased in over five years. During the fourth quarter of 2008, two of the Company's China subsidiaries, HUTS and UTSC, were approved for the reduced 15% tax rate. The approval lasts for three years and is retroactive to January 1, 2008.

        The Chinese central government may review and audit tax benefits granted by local or provincial authorities and could determine to disallow such benefits. Certain of our subsidiaries and joint ventures located in China enjoy tax benefits in China that are generally available to foreign investment enterprises. If these tax benefits are reduced, disallowed or repealed due to changes in tax laws or determination by the Chinese government, our business could suffer.

37

---

Table of Contents

The PAS market will likely decline rapidly over the next year.

        We believe the PAS market has matured. PAS is available in most of the provinces throughout China and competition from mobile operators has increased in cities where PAS is deployed. Mobile operators offering special promotional pricing or incentives to customers, such as free incoming calls or free mobile-to-mobile calls, have reduced PAS subscription growth. The expansion of mobile operators in China is likely to have a material adverse effect on our pricing and harm our business or results of operations.

        MIIT has granted 3G mobile licenses to China Telecom, China Mobile and China Unicom. As a result, in the future they are likely to re-allocate capital expenditures to construct 3G networks, and as a consequence, significantly reduce capital expenditures relating to PAS networks that utilize our existing products. In addition, various news agencies have reported that MIIT has issued a notice to telecommunication carriers, including China Unicom, requesting that current PAS frequency bands utilized by PAS networks be reallocated for use by 3G networks by the end of 2011. This may lead to the shutting down of PAS networks by such time.

        Historically, China's telecommunications sector has been subject to a number of state-mandated restructurings. In 2008, China announced plans to restructure the six main telecom operators in China. This restructuring includes the acquisition of the CDMA network of China Unicom by China Telecom, the merger of China Netcom into China Unicom, the acquisition of the basic telecommunications business of China Satcom by China Telecom and the merger of ChinaTietong into China Mobile. This substantial integration of telecom operators in China may further accelerate the decline in the PAS market. In addition, any future restructurings in the telecommunications industry may result in delay or cancellation of telecommunications-related capital expenditures, which may have an adverse effect on our business.

We only have trial licenses for the PAS system and handsets in China.

        We only have trial licenses for our PAS systems and handsets. We have applied for, but have not yet received, a final official network access license for our PAS systems and handsets. Based upon communication with MIIT, we understand that our PAS systems and handsets are considered to still be in the trial period and sales of our PAS systems and handsets may continue to be made by us during this trial period, but that licenses will ultimately be required. If we fail to obtain the required licenses, we could be prohibited from making further sales of the unlicensed products, including our PAS systems and handsets, in China, which would substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. The regulations implementing these requirements are not very detailed, have not been applied by a court and may be interpreted and enforced by regulatory authorities in a number of different ways. Our external legal counsel in China has advised us that China's governmental authorities may interpret or apply the regulations with respect to which licenses are required and the ability to sell a product while a product is in the trial period in a manner that is inconsistent with our current understanding, and either of these conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increasing centralization of purchasing decision-making by carriers may lead to customer concentration and affect the results of our business.

        Most Chinese carriers have three levels of operations: the central headquarters level, the provincial level and the local city/county level. Both central and provincial levels have their own corporate mandate. The purchasing decision-making process may take various forms for different projects and may also differ significantly from carrier to carrier. In the case of PAS systems, we negotiate and enter into all China Unicom contracts with the provincial operators. However, the central headquarters of China Telecom has chosen to exert its influence in the purchasing decision-making process by

38

---

Table of Contents

negotiating contractual terms, such as purchase price, payment terms, and acceptance clauses at the central level. The provincial operator then further negotiates the contract based on the guidelines provided by the headquarters. We enter into final contracts with the provincial operator. If this trend of centralized decision-making expands to unified purchasing, resulting in the negotiation and execution of contracts at the central headquarter level, there may be a concentration of customers which could have a significant impact on our business. If China Unicom follows China Telecom and exerts the headquarters' influence in price negotiation, it may give downward pressure to the margin of our PAS system products to China Unicom.

Television over the internet is a new business in China and laws regulating the business have not been fully developed and may be unpredictable. Unfavorable regulation of the industry may adversely affect our IPTV operations in China and negatively impact our business.

        Broadcasting television over the internet has only recently begun in China. SARFT, the central government's regulatory body, issued a measure in July 2004 to regulate the broadcasting of audio-visual programs through the information network, which includes our Internet Protocol television (IPTV) business. SARFT categorized the information network into the mobile telecommunication network, fixed communications network, microwave communication network, cable television network, satellite or other metropolitan area network, wide area network, local area network and other information networks categories. The equipment that receives information from these networks includes computers, television sets, mobile phones and other electronic products. In December 2007, MIIT and SARFT jointly issued a measure to regulate the service of audio-visual programs on the internet, which also includes our IPTV business. This measure requires the entities engaged in the services of audio-visual program on the internet to be owned or controlled by the State owned entities. However, on February 3, 2008, SARFT and MIIT jointly held a press conference in response to inquiries related to such measure, during which SARFT and MIIT officials indicated that service providers of audio-video program established prior to the promulgation date of such measure that do not have any regulatory non-compliance records can apply for such permit to continue their business. After the conference, the two authorities published a press release that confirmed the above guidelines. While regulating the IPTV business, SARFT is encouraging development in China of the digital television business, a business that may be competitive with IPTV in the target market. Digital television and IPTV target complementary markets and the extent of support SARFT will provide for IPTV in setting regulations is not clear. Because the IPTV industry relates to both television and telecom sectors, it may be subject to regulation by different governmental authorities, including MIIT. However, due to a lack of uniform regulation on the development of the IPTV industry, we cannot predict that our IPTV business will operate smoothly in China. Our business may suffer if the law or policy in China does not encourage the IPTV industry.

We currently do not have a license to engage in the IPTV operator service business in China and development of our IPTV business depends upon the cooperation of IPTV license holder(s) and network operators. If we are unable to work cooperatively with license holder(s) and network operators, our business may suffer.

        Under the measures issued by SARFT in July 2004, entities intending to engage in the IPTV operator service business should obtain a license from SARFT and foreign investment enterprises are prohibited from engaging in the IPTV operator service business. The new measure jointly issued by MIIT and SARFT indicates that SARFT will only grant such licenses to state-owned companies. However, on February 3, 2008, SARFT and MIIT jointly held a press conference in response to inquiries related to such measure, during which SARFT and MIIT officials indicated that service providers of audio-video program established prior to the promulgation date of such measure that do not have any regulatory non-compliance records can apply for such permit to continue their business. After the conference, the two authorities published a press release that confirmed the above guidelines.

39

---

Table of Contents

Since we are the technical service and equipment provider in this field, our business development will depend on the cooperation of license holders and network operators. Our business may suffer if we fail to cooperate with license holders or network operators, or if the license holder(s) we are cooperating with lose their licenses.

Recent PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents and employee stock options granted by overseas-listed companies may increase our administrative burden. If our shareholders who are PRC residents, or our PRC employees who are granted or exercise stock options, fail to make any required registrations or filings, we may be unable to distribute profits and may become subject to liability under PRC laws.

        The State Administration of Foreign Exchange ("SAFE") has promulgated regulations that require PRC residents and PRC corporate entities to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. Under the SAFE regulations, PRC residents who make, or have previously made, direct or indirect investments in offshore companies will be required to register those investments. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an offshore company is required to file or update the registration with the local branch of SAFE with respect to that offshore company any material change involving its round-trip investment, capital variation, such as an increase or decrease in capital, transfer or swap of shares, merger, division, long-term equity or debt investment or creation of any security interest. If any PRC shareholder fails to make the required SAFE registration or file or update the registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that offshore parent company may be prohibited from distributing their profits and the proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to their offshore parent company, and the offshore parent company may also be prohibited from injecting additional capital into its PRC subsidiaries. Moreover, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions.

        We cannot provide any assurances that all of our shareholders who are PRC residents will make or obtain any applicable registrations or approvals required by these SAFE regulations. The failure or inability of our PRC resident shareholders to comply with the registration procedures set forth therein may subject us to fines and legal sanctions, restrict our cross-border investment activities, or limit our PRC subsidiaries' ability to distribute dividends or obtain foreign-exchange-denominated loans to our company.

        On March 28, 2007, SAFE promulgated the Application Procedure of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Holding Plan or Stock Option Plan of Overseas Listed Company (the "Stock Option Rule"), to regulate foreign exchange procedures for PRC individuals participating in employee stock holding and stock option plans of overseas companies. Under the Stock Option Rule, a PRC domestic individual must comply with various foreign exchange procedures through a domestic agent institution when participating in any employee stock holding plan or stock option plan of an overseas listed company. Certain domestic agent institutions, such as the PRC subsidiaries of an overseas listed company, a labor union of such company that is a legal person or a qualified financial institution, among others things, shall file with SAFE and be responsible for completing relevant foreign exchange procedures on behalf of PRC domestic individuals, such as applying to obtain SAFE approval for exchanging foreign currency in connection with owning stock or stock option exercises. Concurrent with the filing of such applications with SAFE, the PRC subsidiary, as a domestic agent, must obtain approval from SAFE to open a special foreign exchange account at a PRC domestic bank to hold the funds in connection with the stock purchase or option exercise, any returns based on stock sales, any stock dividends issued and any other income or expenditures approved by SAFE. The PRC subsidiary also is required to obtain approval from SAFE to open an overseas special foreign exchange account at an overseas trust bank to hold overseas funds used in connection with any stock purchase.

40

---

Table of Contents

        Under the Stock Option Rule, all proceeds obtained by PRC domestic individuals from sales of stock shall be fully remitted back to China after relevant overseas expenses are deducted. The foreign exchange proceeds from these sales can be converted into RMB or transferred to the individual's foreign exchange savings account after the proceeds have been remitted back to the special foreign exchange account opened at the PRC domestic bank. If the stock option is exercised in a cashless exercise, the PRC domestic individuals are required to remit the proceeds to the special foreign exchange account. We and our PRC employees who have been granted stock options are subject to this stock option rule. If we or our PRC employees holding options fail to comply with these regulations, we or our employees may be subject to fines and legal sanctions.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR STOCK PERFORMANCE

Our stock price is highly volatile.

        The trading price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly since our initial public offering in March of 2000. Our stock price could be subject to wide fluctuations in the future in response to many events or factors, including those discussed in the preceding risk factors relating to our operations, as well as:

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in operating results, actual or anticipated gross profit as a percentage of net sales, levels of inventory, our actual or anticipated rate of growth and our actual or anticipated earnings per share;



•

changes in expectations as to future financial performance or changes in financial estimates or buy/sell recommendations of securities analysts;



•

changes in governmental regulations or policies in China and other developing countries in which we do business;



•

our, or a competitor's, announcement of new products, services or technological innovations;



•

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies; and



•

news and commentary emanating from the media, securities analysts or government bodies in China relating to us and to the industry in general.

        General market conditions and domestic or international macroeconomic factors unrelated to our performance may also affect our stock price. For these reasons, investors should not rely on recent trends to predict future stock prices or financial results. In addition, following periods of volatility in a company's securities, securities class action litigation against a company is sometimes instituted. We have experienced substantial costs and the diversion of management's time and resources on this type of litigation and may do so in the future.

        In addition, public announcements by China Telecom, China Mobile, and China Unicom each of which exert significant influence over many of our major customers in China, may contribute to volatility in the price of our stock. The price of our stock may react to such announcements.

SOFTBANK CORP. with its related entities, including SOFTBANK America Inc., has significant influence over our management and affairs, which it could exercise against the best interests of our stockholders.

        SOFTBANK CORP. and its related entities, including SOFTBANK America Inc. (collectively, "SOFTBANK"), beneficially owned approximately 12% of our outstanding stock as of December 31, 2008. As a result, SOFTBANK has the ability to influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. Matters that could require stockholder approval include:

•

election and removal of directors;

41

---

Table of Contents

•

our merger or consolidation with or into another entity; and



•

sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

        This concentration of ownership may delay or prevent a change of control or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which could decrease the market price of our common stock.

Delaware law and our charter documents contain provisions that could discourage or prevent a potential takeover, even if the transaction would benefit our stockholders.

        Other companies may seek to acquire or merge with us. Our acquisition or merger could result in benefits to our stockholders, including an increase in the value of our common stock. Some provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that a stockholder may consider favorable. These provisions include:

•

authorizing the board of directors to issue additional preferred stock;



•

prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;



•

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders;



•

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;



•

creating a classified board of directors pursuant to which our directors are elected for staggered three year terms;



•

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and



•

requiring for-cause removal of directors.

Our failure to timely file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission could result in the delisting of our common stock from the NASDAQ National Market and cause us to default on covenants contained in contractual arrangements.

        If we are unable to maintain compliance with the conditions for continued listing required by NASDAQ, then our shares of common stock may be subject to delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market. For example, as a result of our failure to timely file with the Securities and Exchange Commission our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006, our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007, and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007, we were not in full compliance with NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14), which requires us to make, on a timely basis, all filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. While we returned to full compliance with NASDAQ's listing requirements on October 19, 2007, we are required to comply with NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14) as a condition for our common stock to continue to be listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. If our shares of common stock are delisted from the NASDAQ Global Market, our common stock may not be eligible to trade on any national securities exchange or the over-the counter market. If our common stock is no longer traded through a market system, the liquidity of our common stock may be greatly reduced, which could negatively affect its price. In addition, we may be unable to obtain future equity financing, or use our common stock as consideration for mergers or other business combinations. A delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market may also have other negative implications, including the potential loss of confidence by suppliers, customers and employees, the loss of institutional investor interest, and fewer business development opportunities.

ITEM 1B—UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        None.

42

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 2—PROPERTIES

        Our headquarters are located on a leased site in Alameda, California. Additionally, we operate facilities in the United States, China and globally consisting of office, research and development, warehousing and manufacturing sites primarily used jointly by our reporting segments.

        The headquarters for our China operations are located in Hangzhou. In 2001, we purchased the rights to use 49 acres of land located in Zhejiang Science and Technology Industry Garden of Hangzhou Hi-tech Industry Development Zone and have built a 2.7 million square foot facility on this site. The facility was occupied in October 2004 and is used for manufacturing operations, research and development and administrative offices. At the end of 2008, approximately two-thirds of the facility was being utilized.

        We lease approximately 0.8 million square feet of property, of which 0.4 million square feet are properties in China and 0.2 million square feet are properties in North America. We maintain 31 sales and customer support offices in 21 countries covering the United States, Canada, Latin America, the Caribbean, Europe, the Middle East, India, and the Asia-Pacific region. We lease sales offices in 28 locations in China.

        We believe our facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs.

ITEM 3—LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Securities Class Action Litigation

        Beginning in October 2004, several shareholder class action lawsuits alleging federal securities violations were filed against us and various officers and directors of our company. The actions have been consolidated in United States District Court for the Northern District of California under the caption In re UTStarcom, Inc. Securities Litigation, Master File No. C-04-4908-JW (PVT). The lead plaintiffs in the case filed a First Amended Consolidated Complaint on July 26, 2005. The First Amended Complaint alleged violations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and was brought on behalf of a putative class of shareholders who purchased our stock after April 16, 2003 and before September 20, 2004. On April 13, 2006, the lead plaintiffs filed a Second Amended Complaint adding new allegations and extending the end of the class period to October 6, 2005. In addition to the Company defendants, the plaintiffs are also suing Softbank. Plaintiffs' complaint seeks recovery of damages in an unspecified amount.

        On June 2, 2006, we and the individual defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Second Amended Complaint. On March 21, 2007, the Court granted defendants' motion and dismissed plaintiffs' Second Amended Complaint. The Court granted plaintiffs leave to file a Third Amended Complaint, which plaintiffs filed on May 25, 2007. On July 13, 2007, we and the individual defendants filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to strike the Third Amended Complaint. On March 14, 2008, the Court granted defendants' motion and dismissed plaintiffs' Third Amended Complaint. The Court granted plaintiffs leave to file a Fourth Amended Complaint, which plaintiffs filed on May 14, 2008. On June 13, 2008, consistent with the Court's March 14, 2008 dismissal order, we and the individual defendants filed objections to the form and content of the Fourth Amended Complaint. On July 24, 2008, the Court overruled the objections. On September 8, 2008, we and the individual defendants filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to strike certain allegations from the Fourth Amended Complaint.

        On September 4, 2007, a second shareholder class action complaint captioned Peter Rudolph v. UTStarcom, et al., Case No. C-07-4578 SI, was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against us and some of our current and former directors and officers. The complaint alleges violations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 through undisclosed improper accounting practices concerning our historical equity award grants. Plaintiff seeks unspecified damages on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock between July 24, 2002 and

43

---

Table of Contents

September 4, 2007. On December 14, 2007, the Court appointed James R. Bartholomew lead plaintiff. On January 25, 2008, the lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint. On April 14, 2008, the Court granted defendants' motion to dismiss the amended complaint. The Court granted the lead plaintiff leave to file a second amended complaint no later than May 16, 2008 which was filed by the lead plaintiff on May 16, 2008. On June 6, 2008, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint. On August 21, 2008, the Court granted in part and denied in part the motion to dismiss.

        Due to the preliminary status of these lawsuits and uncertainties related to litigation, we are unable to evaluate the likelihood of either a favorable or unfavorable outcome. Accordingly, we are unable at this time to estimate the effects of these complaints on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Governmental Investigations

        In December 2005, the U.S. Embassy in Mongolia informed us that it had forwarded to the Department of Justice (the "DOJ") allegations that an agent of our Mongolia joint venture had offered payments to a Mongolian government official in possible violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the "FCPA"). We, through our Audit Committee, authorized an independent investigation into possible violations of the FCPA, and we have been in contact with the DOJ and U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") regarding the investigation. The investigation has identified possible FCPA violations in Mongolia, Southeast Asia, India, and China, as well as possible violations of U.S. immigration laws. The DOJ has requested that we voluntarily produce documents related to the investigation, the SEC has subpoenaed us for documents, and we have received a Grand Jury Subpoena requiring the production of documents related to one aspect of the DOJ investigation, that is, training programs we had sponsored. The SEC has indicated it regards travel arrangements provided to customers in China in connection with certain systems contracts, and other conduct, as violations. We have executed tolling agreements extending the statute of limitations for the FCPA issues under investigation by the DOJ. Such proceedings may result in criminal or civil sanctions, penalties and disgorgements against us. If it is probable that an obligation of ours exists and will result in an outflow of resources, a provision will be recorded if the amount can be reasonably estimated. Regulatory and legal proceedings as well as government investigation often involve complex legal issues and are subject to substantial uncertainties. Accordingly, we exercise considerable judgment in determining whether it is probable that such a proceeding will result in outflow of resources and whether the amount of the obligation can be reasonably estimated. We periodically review the status of these proceedings and these judgments are subject to change as new information becomes available. At this time, we cannot predict when any inquiry will be completed or what the outcome of any inquiry will be. We are unable to reasonably estimate the total amount of loss, if any, associated with the proceedings. A judgment against us may have a material adverse effect on the our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Shareholder Derivative Litigation

        On November 17, 2006, a shareholder derivative complaint captioned Ernesto Espinoza v. Ying Wu et al., Case No. RG06298775, was filed against certain of our current and former officers and directors in the Superior Court of the County of Alameda, California. The complaint alleges that the individual defendants, among other things, breached their duties, were unjustly enriched, and violated the California Corporations Code in connection with the timing of stock option grants. The complaint names us as a nominal defendant and seeks unspecified monetary damages against the individual defendants and various forms of injunctive relief. On February 2, 2007, we and the individual defendants filed demurrers against the complaint. On April 11, 2007, the Court sustained the individual defendants' demurrer, overruled our demurrer, ordered the plaintiff to file an amended complaint, and ordered us to answer the original complaint. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint and we have

44

---

Table of Contents

filed an answer to the amended complaint. On August 21, 2007, the individual defendants filed demurrers against the amended complaint. The Court sustained the individual defendants' demurrers and ordered the plaintiff to file a second amended complaint. On September 26, 2008, plaintiff filed his second amended complaint. On November 21, 2008, we and the individual defendants filed demurrers against the second amended complaint.

        Due to the preliminary status of this complaint and uncertainties related to litigation, we are unable to evaluate the likelihood of either a favorable or unfavorable outcome. Accordingly, we are unable at this time to estimate the effects of this complaint on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

IPO Allocation

        On October 31, 2001, a complaint was filed in United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against us, some of our directors and officers and various underwriters for our initial public offering. Substantially similar actions were filed concerning the initial public offerings for more than 300 different issuers, and the cases were coordinated as In re Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation, 21 MC 92 for pretrial purposes. In April 2002, a consolidated amended complaint was filed in the matter against us, captioned In re UTStarcom, Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation, Civil Action No. 01-CV-9604. Plaintiffs allege violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 through undisclosed improper underwriting practices concerning the allocation of IPO shares in exchange for excessive brokerage commissions, agreements to purchase shares at higher prices in the aftermarket and misleading analyst reports. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock between March 2, 2000 and December 6, 2000. Our directors and officers have been dismissed without prejudice pursuant to a stipulation. On February 19, 2003, the Court granted in part and denied in part a motion to dismiss the claims brought by defendants including us. The order dismissed all claims against us except for a claim brought under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, which alleges that the registration statement filed in accordance with the IPO was misleading. In June 2004, a stipulation of settlement and release of claims against the issuer defendants, including us, was submitted to the court for approval. The terms of the settlement, if approved, would have dismissed and released all claims against the participating defendants (including us). In August 2005, the Court preliminarily approved the settlement. In December 2006, the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the Court's October 2004 order certifying a class in six test cases that were selected by the underwriter defendants and plaintiffs in the coordinated proceedings. Our case is not one of the test cases. Because class certification was a condition of the settlement, it was unlikely that the settlement would receive final Court approval. On June 25, 2007, the Court entered an order terminating the proposed settlement based on a stipulation among the parties to the settlement. Plaintiffs have filed amended master allegations and amended complaints in the six test cases. On March 26, 2008, the Court largely denied the defendants' motion to dismiss the amended complaints. The parties have reached a global settlement of the litigation and have so advised the Court. Under the settlement, which remains subject to Court approval, the insurers would pay the full amount of settlement share allocated to us, and we would bear no financial liability. We, as well as the officer and director defendants who were previously dismissed from the action pursuant to tolling agreements, would receive complete dismissals from the case. It is uncertain whether the settlement will receive final Court approval. If the settlement does not receive final Court approval, and litigation against us continues, we believe we have meritorious defenses and intend to defend the action vigorously.

UTStarcom, Inc. v. Starent Patent Infringement Litigations

        On February 16, 2005, we filed a suit against Starent for patent infringement in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. In the Complaint, we asserted that Starent infringes

45

---

Table of Contents

UTStarcom patent U.S. Reg. No. 6,829,473 ("the '473 patent") through Starent's development and testing of a software upgrade for its customer's installed ST-16 Intelligent Mobile Gateways. We seek declaratory and injunctive relief. Starent subsequently filed its answer and counterclaims, and we then filed a motion to dismiss Starent's counterclaim. On July 19, 2005, the parties stipulated that Starent would file an amended answer and counterclaim and we then responded to Starent's amended counterclaim. In early December 2006, we filed a reissue application for the '473 patent with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. Starent has also filed for reexamination of the '473 patent. The reexamination and reissue are currently co-pending. The litigation is still in a preliminary stage, and is stayed pending the outcome of the reissue. The litigation and its outcome cannot be predicted, although we believe the litigation has merit. Nonetheless, we believe that any adverse judgment on Starent's counterclaims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        On May 8, 2007, we filed an additional suit against Starent and sixteen individual defendants (who were all former employees of 3Com's CommWorks division, of which we acquired certain assets in May of 2003) in the Northern District of Illinois. The causes of action include claims for patent infringement, misappropriation of trade secrets, intentional interference with business relations and prospective economic advantage and declarations of ownership of certain patent rights. We seek compensatory damages, punitive damages and injunctive relief. After the court denied the defendant's motion to dismiss the misappropriation of trade secrets claims, on August 30, 2007, Defendants answered our complaint, denying our allegations and asserting a number of affirmative defenses and counterclaims. We filed an Amended Complaint to allege additional related causes of action. Starent moved to dismiss certain causes of action of the Amended Complaint. On May 30, 2008, we amended our complaint to remove from suit U.S. patent 6,978,128, and to add additional factual allegations relating to all defendants in the case. On July 23, 2008, the Court dismissed our trade secret and contract-based counts. We asked the Court to clarify that ruling and filed a motion for leave to file a Fourth Amended Complaint containing the trade secret and contract-based counts. After initially granting Defendants' motion to strike that complaint, the Court reconsidered its order and granted us leave to file it. The Fourth Amended Complaint has been filed. Defendants have moved to dismiss various counts of that Complaint. We are opposing that motion.

        On August 27, 2008, we moved to dismiss Starent's counterclaims. On December 5, 2008, the Court partially granted this motion. On January 9, 2009, Starent filed amended counterclaims for non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability of the asserted patents, tortuous interference with prospective economic advantage and trade secret misappropriation. On January 26, 2009, we filed an answer to the counterclaims and asserted various affirmative defenses. Discovery and motion practice is ongoing. The Court has appointed a special master to handle discovery, issues related to identification of the trade secrets and summary judgment motions. We believe that any adverse judgment on Starent's counterclaims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Telemetrix, Inc. Arbitration

        On October 19, 2006, Telemetrix, Inc. ("Telemetrix") filed a formal Request for Arbitration against us to the World Intellectual Property Organization ("WIPO") in Geneva, Switzerland. The Request for Arbitration sought unspecified damages arising from a contract between Telemetrix and Telos Technology, Inc., dated October 22, 2003. We assumed Telos' rights and obligations under this contract pursuant our purchase of Telos' assets on May 19, 2004. Telemetrix alleged nine causes of action, including breach of contract, fraud, negligent misrepresentation, interference with contractual relations, and interference with prospective economic advantage. In December 2006, we filed a formal response to the Request for Arbitration, denying all material factual allegations asserted by Telemetrix. An arbitrator was selected by the parties, and, on August 2, 2007, the arbitrator granted a pleading motion

46

---

Table of Contents

in favor of us due to Telemetrix's failure to allege sufficient facts in support of a majority of its causes of action. On August 17, 2007, Telemetrix filed an Amended Statement of Claim, alleging six causes of action, including breach of contract and fraud. Telemetrix seeks damages totaling approximately $750,000 plus costs and attorneys' fees. The evidentiary hearing occurred on July 28-30, 2008. On November 7, 2008, the Arbitrator issued a Final Award in favor of us on all claims and awarded us an immaterial amount in attorneys' fees.

Other Litigation

        We are a party to other litigation matters and claims that are normal in the course of operations, and while the results of such litigation matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

ITEM 4—SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

        None.

PART II

ITEM 5—MARKET FOR UTSTARCOM, INC.'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

        Our common stock has been traded on The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC ("NASDAQ") under the symbol UTSI since our initial public offering on March 2, 2000. The preceding table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on NASDAQ for the periods indicated. As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 127 stockholders of record.

        To date, we have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain any available funds to finance the growth and operation of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Certain present or future agreements may limit or prevent the payment of dividends on our common stock. Additionally, our cash held in foreign countries may be subject to certain control limitations or repatriation requirements, limiting our ability to use this cash to pay dividends. See further discussion in the "Liquidity" section of Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.

47

---

Table of Contents

COMPANY'S STOCK PERFORMANCE

        The following graph compares the cumulative 5-year total return provided shareholders on UTStarcom, Inc.'s common stock relative to the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index, the Nasdaq Telecommunications index and the S&P Wireless Telecommunication Services index. In preceding years, the Company presented the S&P Wireless Telecommunication Services index as the index group with which to compare its performance. The Company is transitioning to the Nasdaq Telecommunications Index group in order to compare the Company with a broader group of companies in a similar industry. An investment of $100 (with reinvestment of all dividends) is assumed to have been made in our common stock in each index on December 31, 2003 and its relative performance is tracked through December 31, 2008.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among UTStarcom, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index,
The NASDAQ Telecommunications Index and The S&P Wireless Telecommunication Services Index

---

*

$100 invested on 12/31/03 in stock and index—including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending December 31.

48

---

Table of Contents

        The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

        The information required by Item 5 with respect to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference in Part III, Item 12 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 6—SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2008 and 2007, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.

 

---

(1)

On November 1, 2004, we acquired the Personal Communications Division ("PCD") from Audiovox Corporation. On July 1, 2008, we completed our divestiture of PCD. Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005 related to PCD was $880 million, $1,664 million, $1,339 million and $1,369 million, respectively.

(2)

The operating (loss) income includes the following items:

49

---

Table of Contents

(3)

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008 included $47.9 million gain from sale of certain investments and liquidation of investment in a variable interest entity. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 included $53.7 million gain from sale of certain investments. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2006 included a $13.5 million charge associated with the other-than-temporary impairment of a long-term investment. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2005 included a gain of $47.2 million from the sale of a long term investment to Softbank Corp., a related party. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2005 also included a $31.4 million gain on extinguishment of subordinated notes and income tax expense of $136.5 million, which included a valuation allowance of $237.3 million on our net deferred tax assets.

50

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 7—MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about us, our future performance and the industries in which we operate as well as on our management's assumptions and beliefs. Such statements relate to, among other things, our business plan, expected financial results, new accounting pronouncements, liquidity and access to credit facilities and cash in our China subsidiary. Statements that contain words like "expects," "anticipates," "may," "will," "targets," "projects," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates," or variations of such words and similar expressions are also forward-looking statements.

        Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks and uncertainties related to, among other things, our ability to execute on our business plan, China's control of currency exchanges, the decline in the PAS market, ongoing litigation and other items discussed in "Part I, Item 1A-Risk Factors" of this Form 10-K. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We do not guarantee future results, and actual results, developments and business decisions may differ from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Form 10-K.

OVERVIEW

        We design, manufacture and sell IP-based telecommunications infrastructure products including our primary product suite of Internet Protocol TV ("IPTV"), Next Generation Network ("NGN") and broadband solutions along with the ongoing services relating to the installation, operation and maintenance of these products. In addition, we also sell handsets that are designed and manufactured primarily for the China market. Our products are sold primarily to telecommunications service providers or operators. We sell an extensive range of products that are designed to enable voice, data and video services for our operator customers and consumers around the world. Over the past few years, we have expanded our focus to build a global presence and currently sell our products in several established and emerging growth markets in Asia, Latin America and Europe. We intend to continue to enhance our manufacturing capabilities and improve our internal supply chain and inventory management processes to ensure timely deliveries of quality products. We also intend to continue to implement and enhance our administrative infrastructure to assist our globalization.

        We differentiate ourselves with products designed to reduce network complexity, integrate high performance capabilities and allow a simple transition to next generation networks. We design our products to facilitate cost-effective and efficient deployment, maintenance and upgrades.

        Because our products are IP-based, our customers can more easily integrate our products with other industry standard hardware and software. Additionally, we believe we can introduce new features and enhancements that can be cost-effectively added to our customers' existing networks. IP-based devices can be changed or upgraded in modules, saving our customers the expense of replacing their entire system installation. Our strategic priorities are summarized as follows:

•

Focus primarily on providing a suite of IP-based solutions including our main product suite comprised of IPTV, NGN and broadband products and related services.



•

Maintain our leadership position in China and India while growing our presence in the key developing economies across Asia, Latin America and Europe.

51

---

Table of Contents

•

Leverage our strong reputation with telecom carriers and our ability to solve complex network problems.



•

Use our favorable reputation and carrier relationships in China to provide handsets to the China market.



•

Maintain and improve our financial model by strengthening our balance sheet, reducing operating expense levels and increasing bookings. In December 2008, we announced an initiative to transition certain key functions, including finance, to China in order to eliminate functional duplication and reduce operating expenses. Our ability to successfully implement this change in 2009 is a critical part of our plan to achieve profitability and maintain liquidity. We may encounter difficulties in implementing this significant change in a short time period. If we are not successful, we may not achieve the expected benefits despite having expended significant capital and human effort.

Sale of Non-Core Assets

        On July 1, 2008, we sold UTStarcom Personal Communications LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("PCD"), to an entity controlled by AIG Global Investment Group and certain other investors for a total sale consideration of approximately $237.7 million. Pursuant to the terms of the divestiture agreement, we may be entitled to receive up to an additional $50 million earnout payment in 2011 based on the achievement of certain earnings levels of the divested business, Personal Communications Devices LLC ("PCD LLC") through December 31, 2010. We recorded a net gain of $3.8 million from the divestiture during 2008. Additionally, on July 31, 2008, we completed the divestiture of our Mobile Solutions Business Unit ("MSBU") to a global private equity firm. During the third quarter of 2008, we recorded a net gain on divestiture of MSBU of $3.9 million.

Restructuring Programs

        On October 2, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan (the "2007 Plan") to reduce operating costs, which included a worldwide reduction in force of approximately 12% of the Company's headcount, or approximately 800 employees. The workforce reduction was primarily in the United States and China. We incurred a restructuring charge in connection with the 2007 Plan of approximately $14.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2007, comprised largely of cash payments associated with one-time severance benefits. We completed the workforce reduction during the first quarter of 2008.

        On December 16, 2008, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan (the "2008 Plan") designed to reduce operating costs. The plan includes, among other things, winding down our Korea based handset operations ("Korea Operations") and implementing an additional worldwide reduction in force of approximately 10% of our headcount by the end of the second quarter of 2009. In connection with the 2008 Plan, during the fourth quarter of 2008 we incurred a restructuring charge of $13.1 million comprised largely of cash payments associated with one-time severance benefits.

        We will continue our efforts to evaluate certain operations and will consider opportunities to divest additional non-core assets and may incur additional costs associated with future actions to further align our business operations and streamline our business processes.

52

---

Table of Contents

Revenue Effects of Non-Core Asset Sales and Restructuring Programs

        The sale of PCD in July 2008 and the anticipated winding down of our Korea Operations are expected to result in a substantial reduction in 2009 net sales. Our 2008 net sales included $879.6 million of PCD sales recognized in the first and second quarters of 2008 prior to PCD's sale on July 1, 2008; there will be no net sales from PCD in 2009. Net sales in 2008 also include $126.0 million of sales to PCD LLC in the third and fourth quarters of 2008, and we presently do not expect the Korea Operations to record sales after the end of the second quarter of 2009. Net sales from PCD and Korea Operations in 2008 aggregated $430.7 million, $448.9 million, $34.3 million, and $91.7 million in the first, second, third, and fourth quarters, respectively. The divestiture of our MSBU operations is not expected to have a material effect on our 2009 net sales.

Asset Impairment

        We performed tests of the recoverability of our long-lived assets as of December 31, 2008 due to recurring operating losses, the continuing challenging business environment, a sustained decline in our stock price, and because our estimates of future cash flows for each of our business segments indicated an inability to recover the carrying values of each segment's assets. As a result of this analysis, we recorded an impairment charge of $22.3 million to reduce the carrying value of our equipment and furniture, software, automobiles and leasehold improvements to estimated fair values. In addition, we recorded an impairment charge of $4.9 million to write-off customer relationships intangible assets related to our previous acquisition in 2003 of the Commworks division of 3Com Corporation ("Commworks") as a result of our decision in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 to disband our Custom Solutions Business Unit which provided customized telecommunications solutions.

        During the quarter ended September 30, 2007, we announced a new organization structure to align our business segments with our corporate strategy. As a result, during the fourth quarter of 2007, we performed impairment tests on goodwill and certain long-lived tangible and intangible assets. Based upon the impairment assessments, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $3.1 million, an intangible asset impairment charge of $15.7 million, and an impairment charge of $1.1 million for equipment and furniture, software, automobiles and leasehold improvements (see Note 8 of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

Sale of Investments

        During the first quarter of 2008, we sold our remaining investment in Gemdale Co., Ltd ("Gemdale") for approximately $32.9 million and recognized a gain of $32.4 million in other income (expense), net. We also sold our investment in Infinera Corporation ("Infinera") for approximately $9.2 million and recognized a gain of $7.3 million in other income (expense), net.

Decline in PAS Business and Anticipated Refocus of PAS Operations

        The PAS handset units sold in China declined to 3.6 million units for 2008 compared to 4.8 million units for 2007. The 25% volume decline was primarily attributed to lower demand for our PAS handsets resulting from a decline in PAS subscribers as service providers reduced marketing efforts for PAS handsets in anticipation for next generation technology networks and the restructuring of China telecommunication industry. The average selling price per unit in the PAS products declined 9.4% in 2008 compared to 2007 due to competitive pricing pressures and increased sales through distributor channels. The China government has recently announced that PAS will be phased out by 2011. In 2009 and beyond, we expect declines in PAS subscribers, and more price erosion and gross margin deterioration in PAS handset sales as the China telecommunication industry transitions to 3G mobile service offerings.

53

---

Table of Contents

        In recognition of these anticipated changes in service to mobile customers in China, we expect to transition our handset capabilities in China to the manufacture of CDMA and TD-SCDMA handsets for sale in the China market, which we believe will positively contribute to our revenue as well as partially offset the decline of PAS business in China. To capitalize on the growing data business in China, in mid-2009 we also plan to introduce HSDPA ("High Speed Downlink Packet Access") data cards supported by TD-SCDMA network and EVDO ("Evolution Data Only") data cards supported by CDMA 3G network, which we expect to have relatively higher gross margin and average selling prices.

Potential Effects of Current Global Economic Conditions on Sales, Operations, and Liquidity

        Disruptions in orderly financial markets in recent months, resulting from, among other factors, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability plus volatile and declining valuations of securities and other investments, have caused business and consumer confidence to ebb, business activities to slowdown, and unemployment to increase. These factors along with the interconnectivity and interdependency of international economies have created a global downturn in economic activity which is sufficiently without precedent that the governments of many leading nations have taken actions designed to counter the worst effects and severity of current economic conditions.

        Our business is sensitive to changes in general economic conditions, and we believe our 2008 results do not reflect all of the potential impacts the global economic downturn could have on our sales, operations and liquidity. In part this is because substantially all of the revenues and related cost of net sales recognized in 2008 in the broadband infrastructure, multimedia communication, and service segments result from long-term contracts, entered into before the global economic downturn, in which performance occurs over several years. Additionally, some of the revenues recognized in 2008 in these segments results from equipment delivered and/or services performed in earlier years because generally accepted accounting principles often require deferral of revenue recognition related to these complex contracts from the period in which equipment is delivered and installed until later periods when all obligations pursuant to the related contract are satisfied and all criteria for revenue recognition are met including receipt of the customer's final acceptance of equipment and installation services.

        We are unable to predict how long the economic downturn will last. A continuing economic downturn may adversely impact our business in a number of ways, such as:

•

Reduced demand for our products and services.  In a period of economic uncertainty customers may adopt a strategy of deferring purchases to upgrade existing or deploy new systems until later periods when the recoverability of their investment becomes more assured. In addition, customers who must finance their capital expenditures by issuance of debt or equity securities may find the securities markets unavailable to them.



•

Increased pricing pressure and lower margins.  Our competitors include a number of global enterprises with relatively greater size in terms of revenues, working capital, financial resources and number of employees, and our customers are telecommunication service providers who typically are owned, controlled, or sponsored by governments. If the size of our potential markets contract due to the global economic downturn, competition for available contracts may become more intense which could require us to offer or accept pricing, payment, or local content terms which are less favorable to remain competitive. In some cases we might be unwilling or unable to compete for business where competitive pressures make a potential opportunity unprofitable to us.



•

Greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable.  Many of our telecommunication carrier customers are either owned or controlled by governments; any changes in such governments' policies concerning the authorization or funding of payments for capital expenditures could lengthen our cash collection cycle and thereby cause our liquidity to deteriorate. Additionally, while the vast majority of our net sales are to such large, well capitalized telecommunication

54

---

Table of Contents

carriers, some sales are made to distributors or other customers whose financial resources may be more subject to rapid decline, which could expose us to losing sales, delaying revenue recognition or accepting greater collection risks due to credit quality issues.

•

Additional restructuring and asset impairment charges.  If we are unable to generate the level of new contract bookings, revenues, and cash flow contemplated by our financial plan, management will be forced to take further action to focus our business activities and align our cost structure with anticipated revenues. These actions, if necessary, could result in additional restructuring charges and/or asset impairment charges being recognized in 2009 and beyond.

Fourth Quarter 2008 Operating Results

Net Sales

 

Three months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

        Net sales decreased by $565.2 million, or 70%, to $241.1 million during the three months ended December 31, 2008 compared to the same period in 2007. The decrease was primarily due to PCD being sold in July 2008. For the three months ended December 31, 2007, PCD represented $559.7 million of net sales. The disposal of MSBU had an immaterial impact on net sales.

        Net sales excluding PCD and MSBU decreased by $6.0 million during the three months ended December 31, 2008 compared to the same period in 2007. Net sales of our Handsets segment increased by $78.9 million, or 182%, mainly due to $91.7 million sales to PCD LLC during the fourth quarter of 2008. The increased sales to PCD LLC more than offset the decline in sales of PAS handsets in China. The sales of PAS handsets in China was $26.9 million and $40.4 million, respectively for the fourth quarter of 2008 and 2007. Multimedia Communication segment net sales decreased by $40.1 million, or 33%, for the three months ended December 31, 2008 compared to the same period in 2007, mainly due

55

---

Table of Contents

to decline in PAS infrastructure sales which continue to experience weakening demand, partially offset by higher RollingStream and Set Top Box ("STB") sales. Broadband Infrastructure segment net sales decreased by $33.2 million, or 64% primarily due to lower CPE and MSAN sales. Service segment net sales increased by $1.8 million or 12% primarily due to higher international sales. Other segment net sales decreased by $13.0 million or 83% due to lower IP Messaging revenue and overall decline of CSBU revenue.

Three months ended December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2008

        Net sales increased by 33%, or $60.5 million, for the three months ended December 31, 2008 compared to the third quarter of 2008. The increase was primarily due to a $57.4 million increase in sales to PCD LLC in the Handsets segment as compared to the third quarter of 2008.

        Multimedia Communication segment net sales increased by $23.4 million, or 40%, during the three months ended December 31, 2008 compared to the third quarter of 2008, as we recognized additional PAS infrastructure revenue upon completion of projects previously included in backlog. This was partially offset by a decrease of our NGN sales due to recognition of a major contract in the third quarter of 2008 and a decrease in NGN sales in China in the fourth quarter of 2008. Broadband Infrastructure segment net sales decreased by $12.8 million or 41% during the three months ended December 31, 2008 compared to the third quarter of 2008. This decrease was mainly due to lower MSAN and Optical product sales as we recognized some larger contracts in the third quarter of 2008. Due to customer concentration in this segment, revenues fluctuate based upon the magnitude and timing of revenue recognition on certain contracts. Handset sales increased by $50.3 million, or 70%, during the three months ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to increased sales to PCD LLC, offset by both price and volume declines of our PAS handsets sold when compared to the third quarter of 2008. Consistent with our experience in recent quarters, increased competition and a decline in PAS subscribers have resulted in lower demand and decrease in average selling price for our handsets.

Gross Profit

Three months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

        Gross profit was $29.9 million, or 12% of net sales for the three months ended December 31, 2008, compared to $102.0 million, or 13% of net sales for the corresponding quarter of 2007. The overall gross profit decrease in absolute dollars was primarily due to the disposition of PCD during July 2008 which accounted for a $34.5 million decrease in gross profit resulting from the related decrease in net sales. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales decreased mainly due to higher inventory cost and an increase in provision for loss contract partially offset by the impact of the disposition of PCD which had relatively lower gross profit percentages compared to our other

56

---

Table of Contents

segments. Gross profit for the three months ended December 31, 2008 includes $1.6 million of contract loss charges relating to costs that should have been included in the calculation of the Broadband Infrastructure segment gross profit in prior periods. The impact of recording this prior-period charge on the prior and current periods is not material.

        Excluding PCD and MSBU, gross profit decreased by $37.9 million or 56% for the three months ended December 31, 2008 compared to the corresponding quarter of 2007. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales in the Broadband Infrastructure segment was negative primarily due to a higher inventory reserve of $7.1 million related to our optical product sales in China in 2008 and loss contract provisions of $9.9 million and $7.3 million, recorded in the three months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales in the Multimedia Communications segment improved to 42% during the three months ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 35% for the same period in 2007, mainly due to a one time inventory write-off related to STB sales in China in 2007. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales in the Handsets segment decreased to 1% during the three months ended December 31, 2008 from 27% for the same period in 2007 mainly due to increased sales of lower margin handsets to PCD LLC beginning in July 2008 as well as continued increase in pricing pressure of PAS handsets. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2008, we incurred an additional $15.5 million inventory charge related to cancelation of an order for a CDMA handset model as well as an additional inventory write off related to our GSM handset unit in China. Gross profit of the Service segment improved both as a percentage of net sales and in absolute dollars due to an increase in international sales which were secured at a higher profit margin. Gross profit of the Other segment decreased as a percentage of net sales and in absolute dollars primarily due to overall decline of CSBU revenue.

Three months ended December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2008

        Gross profit was $29.9 million, or 12% of net sales for the three months ended December 31, 2008, compared to $57.3 million, or 32% of net sales for the third quarter of 2008.

        The overall gross profit as a percentage of sales decreased by 20 percentage points due primarily to the $9.9 million of additional loss contract provision in the Broadband Infrastructure segment recorded in the three months ended December 31, 2008 as compared to $2.0 million in the third quarter of 2008; as well as a $15.5 million additional inventory charge related to cancelation of an order for a CDMA handset model and inventory write off related to our GSM handset unit in China during the three months ended December 31, 2008. In addition, we recognized some higher margin NGN sales in the Multimedia infrastructure segment during the three months ended September 30, 2008.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        During the fourth quarter of 2007, we announced a new organization structure to align the business units with its corporate strategy. This new organization structure changed the reporting segments on which we measure performance and allocates resources. Effective October 1, 2007, the new reporting segments were as follows:

•

Multimedia Communications;



•

Broadband Infrastructure;



•

Handsets;



•

Services;



•

Personal Communications Division (PCD); and

57

---

Table of Contents

•

Other, which includes our Mobile Solutions business unit (MSBU) and Custom Solutions business unit (CSBU).

        Our Multimedia Communications segment is responsible for the development and management of internet protocol television ("IPTV") and related technologies plus our core Next Generation Network ("NGN") software. Our Personal Access System ("PAS") infrastructure and wireless systems teams are also a part of this segment.

        Our Broadband Infrastructure segment is responsible for software and hardware products that enable end users to access high-speed, cost effective wireline data, voice and media communication.

        Our Handsets segment designs, builds and sells consumer handset devices that allow customers to access wireless services. The Handsets segment included all handset revenues within China, including all PAS handsets. Following the disposition of PCD in July 2008, the Handsets segment also includes our Korea based handset operations, whose principal activity is supplying handsets to PCD LLC.

        We support the growth and operation of the installed base of our system solutions through our professional services business, UTStarcom Services. Our globally-deployed experts assist our customers with activities ranging from network planning, circuit-to-packet network migration planning, systems integration, program management, operations management and support, and knowledge transfer.

        On July 1, 2008, we sold our Personal Communications Division. See Note 3 of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Prior to July 1, 2008, PCD sold and supported handsets other than PAS handsets, mainly in the United States.

        Included in our Other segment are MSBU and CSBU. On July 31, 2008, we sold MSBU which was responsible for the development, sales and service of our wireless IPCDMA/IPGSM product line. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we announced that CSBU will be disbanded during the first quarter of 2009 through the wind down of certain products and the consolidation of voice messaging technology into our Multimedia Communications segment. CSBU historically had been responsible for the development, sales and service of other non-core products such as IP messaging, transaction gateways, and Remote Access Server ("RAS") which enables users to access network data and services from remote locations and our Packet Data Services Node ("PDSN") product line which connects CDMA cellular network infrastructure equipment to IP networks.

NET SALES

58

---

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Net sales decreased by 34%, or $826.5 million for 2008 compared to 2007. Revenue was lower in all segments except Handsets and Services. The decrease was primarily due to PCD being sold in July 2008. The net sales of the disposed PCD segment decreased by $784.6 million.

        Multimedia Communications segment net sales decreased by $35.1 million, or 11%, during 2008 compared to 2007, mainly due to continued weakening demand for our PAS infrastructure products. Broadband Infrastructure segment net sales decreased by $46.3 million or 29% during 2008 compared to 2007. This decrease was mainly due to lower CPE and MSAN sales. Due to the customer concentration in this segment, revenues fluctuate based upon the magnitude and timing of revenue recognition on certain contracts. Handsets sales increased by $53.1 million, or 23%, during 2008 primarily due to handsets sold to PCD LLC aggregating $126.0 million during the second half of 2008, partially offset by continued price and volume declines of our PAS handsets sold in 2008 as compared to 2007. As we have been experiencing in recent quarters, increased competition and a decline in PAS subscribers have resulted in lower demand and decreases in average selling prices for our PAS handsets.

        For additional discussion see "Segment Reporting" section of this Item 7.

        The economic uncertainty that we are operating in today could adversely impact our business. However, the majority of our business is based in China and India—two countries that are still projected to have economic growth in 2009. In 2009 and beyond, we expect that new orders for PAS handsets and infrastructure equipment will continue to decline due to the China telecommunications industry restructuring as well as increased pricing pressures. We expect our CDMA and TD-SCDMA handsets will positively contribute to our revenue and partially offset the decline of our PAS business. In order to capitalize on the growing data business in China, in mid-2009 we also plan to introduce HSDPA ("High Speed Downlink Packet Access") data cards supported by TD-SCDMA networks and EVDO ("Evolution Data Only") data cards supported by CDMA 3G networks, which we expect to have relatively higher gross margins and average selling prices. However, we do not anticipate that these sales will fully offset the expected decline in PAS handsets and infrastructure sales. We currently offer and have initial market acceptance of our IPTV products in China, India, Taiwan and other geographic regions. We believe that the IPTV market presents a meaningful growth opportunity in these regions as well as other regions where we have targeted to expand our IPTV offerings.

        During 2008, Verizon Wireless and Sprint Spectrum, respectively, accounted for approximately 20% and 12% of our total net sales.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Net sales in 2007 were $2.5 billion and did not change significantly on a consolidated basis as compared to net sales in 2006. Revenue was lower in all segments except PCD, Services and Other. Revenue from the Broadband Infrastructure and Multimedia Communications segments decreased by

59

---

Table of Contents

22% and 28%, respectively, in 2007 as compared to 2006 due to a decrease in demand caused by continued maturity of the PAS market and as customers in China preparing for 3G launch, as well as a decrease in demand from Softbank. As we have experienced in the last two years, our PAS/iPAS products and our PAS/iPAS based handsets in the China market continued to experience declining revenues resulting from both lower unit demand and pricing pressures. This led to a decrease in our Handsets segment sales of 41% in 2007 as compared to 2006. In our PCD segment, the increase in the number of units sold and the higher average selling price during 2007 as compared to 2006 led to a 24% increase in segment revenue. Revenue from the Services segment increased by 8% due to increase in sales in our China operations as we signed new contracts for Multimedia Communications products during the second half of 2007. Sales of our Other segment increased by 23% due to increase in sales of our Custom Solutions and IPCDMA products.

        During 2007, Verizon Wireless, T-Mobile USA and Sprint Spectrum, respectively, accounted for approximately 22%, 15% and 13% of our total net sales.

GROSS PROFIT

        Cost of sales consists primarily of material and labor costs associated with manufacturing, assembly and testing of products, costs associated with installation and customer training, warranty costs, fees to agents, inventory and contract loss provisions and overhead. Cost of sales also includes import taxes and tariffs on components and assemblies. Some components and materials used in our products are purchased from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers and, in some cases, are subject to our obtaining Chinese import permits and approvals. We also rely on third party manufacturers to manufacture and assemble most of our CDMA handsets.

        Our gross profit has been affected by average selling prices, material costs, product mix, the impact of warranty charges and contract loss provisions, as well as inventory reserves and release of deferred revenues and related costs pertaining to prior years. Our gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, varies among our product families. We expect that our overall gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, will fluctuate in the future as a result of shifts in product mix, stage of product life cycle, decreases in average selling prices and our ability to reduce cost of sales.

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Gross profit was $261.2 million, or 16% of net sales for 2008, compared to $321.5 million, or 13% of net sales for 2007. The overall gross profit decrease in absolute dollars was primarily due to the disposition of PCD in July 2008, inventory charge related to cancellation of an order of a CDMA handset model, higher loss contract provision in the Broadband Infrastructure segment, as well as lower volume and gross margin percentage of our PAS handset sales. The decrease was offset by increased

60

---

Table of Contents

sales of higher margin products of the Multimedia Communications and Services segments as well as a $5.1 million supplier rebate recognized in 2008. The overall gross profit as a percentage of sales increased mainly due to the disposition of PCD in July 2008 which had relatively lower gross profit percentages as compared to our other segments. Gross profit for 2008 includes $3.4 million of contract loss charges relating to costs that should have been included in the calculation of the Broadband Infrastructure segment gross profit in prior periods. The impact of recording these prior-period charges on the prior and current periods is not material.

        Excluding PCD and MSBU, our gross profit was $188.4 million, or 25% of net sales for 2008, compared to $222.1 million, or 28% for 2007.

        For additional discussion, see "Segment Reporting" section of this Item 7.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Gross profit was $321.5 million or 13% of net sales in 2007, as compared to $385.7 million or 16% of net sales in 2006. Gross profit dollars decreased $64.3 million due to a decline in sales of Multimedia Communications and Handsets segments. Gross profit percentage declined from 16% in 2006 to 13% in 2007 as lower margin PCD sales represented 67% of our total sales in 2007 as compared to 55% in 2006. Gross profit and gross profit percentages in 2007 were also negatively impacted by additional inventory reserves and a $6.2 million additional contract loss on a fixed price infrastructure deployment contract.

OPERATING EXPENSES (INCOME)

        The following table summarizes our operating expenses:

        Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") include compensation and benefits, professional fees, sales commissions, provision for doubtful accounts receivable and travel and entertainment costs. Research and development expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits of employees engaged in research, design and development activities, costs of parts for prototypes, equipment depreciation and third party development expenses. We believe that continued and prudent investment in research and development is critical to our long-term success, and we will aggressively evaluate appropriate investment levels. A portion of our costs are fixed and are difficult to quickly reduce in periods of lower sales.

61

---

Table of Contents

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        SG&A expenses were $257.6 million for 2008, a decrease of 19% as compared to $319.1 million for 2007. Of the decrease of $61.5 million, $14.9 million was related to the disposal of PCD and MSBU in July 2008. The decrease was also due to a $15.7 million decrease in legal and accounting fees as a result of reduced activity in investigations and litigation, a $7.6 million savings from reduction in the use of outside services primarily due to our accounting restatement in 2007 and the implementation of the upgrade of our Oracle system, a $7.1 million decrease in personnel related expenses and bonuses due to continuous streamlining of operations and recent cost reduction measures, a $3.2 million decrease due to the deconsolidation of a variable interest entity and certain fixed assets being fully amortized in early 2008, a $2.3 million decrease in advertising & marketing expense due to reduced sales activities, a $2.3 million reduction in commission expense due to decrease in overall revenue, a $2.5 million decrease in tax and licenses due to reduced business taxes in China resulting from a tax refund from the government and a $1.8 million decrease in travel related expenses due to reduced travel activity and cost containment efforts. The decrease is partially offset by a $3.1 million decrease in recovery of bad debt in 2008.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Selling, general and administrative expenses were $319.1 million in 2007, a decrease of 5% as compared to $334.5 million for 2006. The expenses as a percentage of net sales were 13% and 14% for 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decrease was primarily attributable to a $9.7 million cost savings resulting from a reduction in the use of outside consultants and contractors as we transferred most of the associated projects to internal staff, a $2.3 million reduction in travel expenses, and a $3.2 million reduction in facility related expenses as we reduced leased area. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.1 million decrease in recovery of bad debt, an $8.1 million increase in professional fees primarily related to various legal proceedings, investigations and the restatements, and a $2.7 million charge related to fixed assets related to our upgrade of Oracle system. In 2006, the selling, general and administrative expenses included a charge of $7.9 million of VAT expense resulting from an audit of 2003 through 2005 tax years by China tax authorities and a $4.7 million write-off of net assets in connection with the termination of a joint venture in 2006.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        R&D expenses decreased by $25.0 million during 2008 compared to 2007. During the second half of 2008, we sold PCD and MSBU which resulted in aggregated R&D savings of $8.3 million. In addition, the decrease was also attributed to a $11.6 million decrease in personnel related expenses as we continued to transfer R&D functions from the United States to China, and reduced spending in non-core business units, a $2.3 million decrease in depreciation and a $2.0 million decrease in software license expense as we continued to streamline our operations, as well as a $2.0 million decrease related to the recognition of the sale of a patent in 2008 offset by an increase of $1.9 million in consulting and testing expense related to new handset introductions during 2008.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        R&D expenses were $168.3 million and $182.9 million, or 7% of net sales for both 2007 and 2006. In absolute dollars, R&D expenses decreased by $14.6 million, primarily due to a decrease in equipment, parts and depreciation costs of $9.6 million and write-down of R&D equipment in prior periods and a decrease in personnel expenses, including payroll, payroll taxes and benefits totaling $6.1 million resulting from decreased headcount. In addition, the decrease in R&D expenses also was

62

---

Table of Contents

attributable to a $2.5 million cost savings resulting from a decreased use of outside services. These savings were partially offset by $1.4 million increase in stock-based compensation.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE

        At December 31, 2008, there was approximately $22.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, as measured, related to non-vested stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years. The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation expense in our consolidated statement of operations:

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        The increase in the level of stock-based compensation during 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to the recognition of expense in 2008 for awards granted in the fourth quarter of 2007 and during 2008, including annual merit equity awards granted in November 2007 and February 2008, compared with the same period in 2007 when no awards were granted as we were delinquent in the filing of our reports with the SEC. The 2008 stock-based compensation expense attributable to selling, general and administrative includes approximately $1.5 million resulting from award modifications related to the retirement of one of the Company's executives. The fourth quarter of 2008 includes a charge of $2.5 million relating to prior periods resulting from the correction of the forfeiture rate application. The impact of recording this prior-period charge on the prior and current periods is not material.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        The decline in the level of stock compensation in 2007 compared to 2006 was attributable to the timing of equity grants that are subject to accounting under SFAS 123(R) as well as the decline in our stock price. We were unable to grant new equity grants in 2007 until October 2007 due to our inability to file our periodic financial reports as required by the SEC. To the extent that compensation related to older equity grants becomes fully recognized and is not replaced with compensation attributable to new equity grants, we will experience a decline in overall stock compensation expense.

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Amortization of intangible assets was $4.1 million in 2008 as compared to $16.0 million in 2007. Amortization of intangible assets declined primarily due to the impairment of intangible assets with a carrying value of $15.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2007, the disposition of intangible assets with a carrying value of $15.8 million in the third quarter of 2008 in connection with the sale of PCD, and due to the fact that several intangible assets became fully amortized during the preceding twelve months.

63

---

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Amortization of intangible assets was $16.0 million in 2007 as compared to $18.9 million in 2006. Amortization of intangible assets declined as several intangible assets became fully amortized during the preceding twelve months.

ASSET IMPAIRMENT

Fiscal 2008

        We performed a recoverability test on our property, plant and equipment assets as of December 31, 2008 due to recurring operating losses, the continuing challenging business environment, a sustained decline in the Company's stock price, and because our estimates of future cash flows developed during the 2009 budgeting process indicated that each of our business segments had an inability to recover the carrying value of each segment's assets. We made various estimates, which management believes to be both reasonable and appropriate, in determining the estimated fair values of the property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2008. In concluding on fair values we also considered, in part, the results of appraisals made as of December 31, 2008 by valuation firms of the fair value of our facility in Hangzhou, China and of certain of our equipment and furniture, software, automobiles and leasehold improvements, which we obtained to confirm the reasonableness of its estimates.

        Our most significant long-lived asset in terms of carrying value is our manufacturing, research and development, and administrative offices facility in Hangzhou, China. Using the income capitalization approach, we determined the estimated fair value of the facility and related improvements at December 31, 2008 to be approximately $183.2 million, which exceeded its net book value by approximately $15.8 million. As a result, we concluded the headquarters for our China operations was not impaired.

        We tested individually significant equipment and furniture, software, automobiles, and leasehold improvement assets located in China, India, Japan, Korea, and the United States for impairment, primarily using the cost approach to estimate related fair values. Adjustment factors were applied to the original cost of each tested assets first to estimate current replacement cost and then to account for deterioration and obsolescence from all causes as well as de-installation costs to determine each item's estimated fair value at December 31, 2008. As a result of this analysis, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $22.3 million in operating expenses, which consisted of $11.9 million for our ERP system, $6.7 million for equipment and furniture and $3.7 million primarily for capitalized software.

        We believe it is reasonably possible that additional impairment charges that would reduce further the carrying values of our property, plant and equipment assets may arise in 2009 if we are unable to achieve operating results anticipated by the Company's 2009 financial plan.

        In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2008, we decided to disband our Custom Solutions business unit which provided customized telecommunications solutions and recorded a charge of approximately $4.9 million to write-off the unamortized balance of a customer relationships intangible asset arising from our previous acquisition of Commworks. As a result, our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008 contains no balances for finite-lived purchased intangible assets subject to amortization.

Fiscal 2007

        In light of the then current market conditions we conducted an in-depth strategic analysis, which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2007, to then define a new corporate strategy. In our review we reevaluated the key assumptions our overall strategic business and manufacturing capacity plans in light

64

---

Table of Contents

of continued declines in our revenues, excluding PCD, which appeared to be persistent. As a result, we revised our near and medium term revenue expectations downward significantly taking into account persistent weak global and industry economic conditions, the new strategic direction, as well as the declines in revenues the Company had experienced. The material changes in our outlook and plans, which we were first able to quantify in the fourth quarter of 2007 as a result of the strategic review and its 2008 budgeting process, triggered an impairment review of its long-lived assets.

        Based upon its 2007 goodwill impairment assessment, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of approximately $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. As a result our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 contain no balances for goodwill.

        We also determined that estimated undiscounted cash flows within the Other segment were not sufficient to recover the carrying value of certain long-lived assets. We calculated the estimated fair values of intangible assets subject to amortization in the Other segment, using expected discounted future cash flows, and recorded an asset impairment charge of approximately $15.7 million for the customer relationships and existing technology intangible assets. An approximate $1.1 million impairment charge was recorded to recognize impairment in the carrying value of certain equipment in the Other segment as well.

Fiscal 2006

        In 2006, we did not record any impairment charges related to intangible assets or property, plant and equipment because there were no circumstances or events that occurred which indicated a possible impairment.

RESTRUCTURING

Fiscal 2008

        On December 16, 2008, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan (the "2008 Plan") designed to reduce operating costs. The plan includes, among other things, winding down certain non-core operations and implementing a worldwide reduction in force of approximately 10% of our headcount. The reduction in force will affect approximately 700 employees in China, Korea and other locations including the United States. In connection with the 2008 Plan, during the fourth quarter of 2008 we incurred a restructuring charge of $13.1 million comprised largely of one-time severance benefits. We expect to realize annual cost savings in salary and compensation related expenses of approximately $23 million upon the complete implementation of the 2008 Plan.

Fiscal 2007

        On October 2, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan (the "2007 Plan") to reduce operating costs, which included a worldwide reduction in force of approximately 12% of our headcount. The workforce reduction was primarily in the United States and China. We incurred a restructuring charge in connection with the Plan of $14.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2007, comprised largely of cash payments associated with one-time severance benefits.

65

---

Table of Contents

        The following table shows the total amount of costs incurred in 2008 and 2007 by segment in connection with the restructuring plans:

        At December 31, 2008, the remaining restructuring liability related to the 2008 Plan and the 2007 Plan was approximately $8.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The remaining restructuring liability for the 2008 Plan consists primarily of $8.0 million related to the workforce reduction which will be settled during 2009, $0.2 million related to a lease obligation to be settled over the remaining lease term, which expires in 2009 and $0.5 million of other costs. The remaining restructuring liability for the 2007 Plan consists of $0.8 million related to a lease obligation which will be settled over the remaining lease term, which expires in 2010.

NET GAIN ON DIVESTITURES

Fiscal 2008

        The $7.8 million net gain on divestitures in 2008 consisted primarily of a $3.8 million gain on the sale of PCD and a $3.9 million gain on the sale of MSBU. For further discussion of divestitures, see Note 3 of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        In February 2006, we sold substantially all of the assets and selected liabilities of our semiconductor design operations, including the assets related to the prior acquisition of Advanced Communications Devices Corporation, to Marvell Technology Group Ltd. We recognized a $4.3 million and $12.3 million gain on sale of these assets in 2007 and 2006, respectively, upon achieving the defined milestones.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

INTEREST INCOME

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Interest income was $7.5 million and $14.5 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in interest income was primarily due to the decrease in cash balances available for investment and due to lower interest rates earned during 2008 compared with 2007.

66

---

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Interest income was $14.5 million and $14.8 million for 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decrease was mainly due to lower interest rates and lower average cash balances in China partially offset by the higher yield generated by the US cash balances which remained relatively stable in 2007 as compared to that in 2006.

INTEREST EXPENSE

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Interest expense was $10.4 million and $32.7 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in interest expense for 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily attributable to the repayment of $274.6 million of convertible subordinated notes on March 1, 2008 and $48.0 million of other bank loan repayments during 2008. Interest expense for 2008 included approximately $2.5 million of debt issuance costs related to the $75 million secured revolving credit facility. For the period from January 1, 2008 through maturity on March 1, 2008, the convertible subordinated notes had a stated interest rate of 10.875% in accordance with the Second Supplemental Indenture. The stated interest rate of our convertible subordinated notes was 7.625% from January 9, 2007 through July 25, 2007 and 10.875% from July 26, 2007 through December 31, 2007. Prior to January 9, 2007, our convertible subordinated notes accrued interest at ⁷/8% per annum.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Interest expense was $32.7 million and $11.7 million for 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in interest expense for 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily attributable to the incremental interest expense of $22 million resulting from the First and Second Supplemental Indentures associated with our convertible subordinated notes due in 2008. The stated interest rate of our convertible subordinated notes was 7.625% from January 9, 2007 through July 25, 2007 and 10.875% from July 26, 2007 through December 31, 2007. Prior to January 9, 2007, our convertible subordinated notes accrued interest at ⁷/8% per annum.

        Effective January 9, 2007, we entered into a Supplemental Indenture Agreement with the holders of our Notes, providing that any failure by us to comply with certain provisions of the original agreement will not result in a default or an event of default. This supplemental indenture agreement stipulated that, the Notes will accrue an additional 6.75% per annum (as compared to the ⁷/8% annual interest provided for under the original indenture related to the Notes) in special interest beginning January 9, 2007 to the maturity date of the Notes, unless the Notes are earlier repurchased or converted. On July 26, 2007, we entered into a Second Supplemental Indenture after receiving consent from holders of more than 50% of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the convertible subordinated notes in connection with our consent solicitation announced July 19, 2007. The Second Supplemental Indenture provided that, the convertible subordinated notes will accrue an aggregate of an additional 10% per annum (as compared to the ⁷/8% annual interest provided for under the original indenture related to the Notes) in special interest from and including July 26, 2007 to the March 1, 2008 maturity date of the notes unless the notes were earlier repurchased or converted. The special interest rate represented an increase of 3.25% per annum over the previous special interest rate of 6.75% per annum in the First Supplemental Indenture. As a result of the Second Supplemental Indenture, the convertible subordinated notes had a stated interest rate of 10.875%.

67

---

Table of Contents

OTHER INCOME, NET

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Other income, net was $35.4 million in 2008 as compared to $64.8 million in 2007. Other income, net for 2008 consisted primarily of a $32.4 million gain on the sale of the investment in Gemdale, a $7.3 million gain on the sale of the investment in Infinera, and an $8.2 million gain on the liquidation of an investment in a variable interest entity, offset partially by a $9.9 million foreign currency loss and $4.3 million in writedowns of long-term investments. Other income, net for 2007 included a $53.7 million gain from the sale of part of our investment in Gemdale and a $5.7 million gain on the sale of our investments in ImmenStar, Inc. ("ImmenStar") and Fiberxon Inc. ("Fiberxon").

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Other income, net was $64.8 million in 2007 as compared to $1.1 million in 2006. Other income, net for 2007 included a $53.7 million gain from sale of part of our investment in Gemdale and a $5.7 million gain on the sale of our investments in Immenstar and Fiberxon. Other income, net for 2006 consisted primarily of foreign exchange gains of $7.6 million, a gain on the sale of an asset of $2.5 million, dividend income of $2.1 million and miscellaneous other income of $2.4 million, partially offset by a $13.5 million impairment charge on a long-term investment.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

        We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109" ("FIN 48") on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 established criteria for recognizing or continuing to recognize only more-likely-than-not tax positions, which may result in income tax expense volatility in future periods. While we believe that we have adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than our accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions on income tax related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Income tax expense was $7.1 million in 2008 compared to tax expense of $32.9 million in 2007.

        The China Corporate Income Tax Law (the "CIT Law") became effective on January 1, 2008. As a result of the enactment of new regulations during the first quarter of 2008 which address the CIT Law, we recorded an income tax benefit of $11.7 million in the first quarter of 2008 related to reversing a deferred tax liability on foreign withholding taxes related to the unremitted earnings of our subsidiaries which we determined to no longer be permanently reinvested outside the United States. We also have accrued $3.2 million of foreign withholding taxes in the first quarter of 2008 related to the realized gain on the sale of our investment in Gemdale.

        Due to the sale of PCD, we believe that we will not generate sufficient income in Canada to realize our deferred tax assets in Canada. Therefore, we have established a valuation allowance on our remaining net deferred tax assets in Canada. The income tax expense associated with establishing the valuation allowance is $1.8 million.

        Without the $11.7 million tax benefit related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the $3.2 million of tax expense related to accrued foreign withholding taxes and the $1.8 million of tax expense related to establishing the Canada deferred tax asset valuation allowance mentioned above, we have tax expense of $13.8 million in 2008. There are two primary reasons why we have tax expense despite incurring pretax losses. First, we have not provided any tax benefit on the current year losses incurred and tax credits generated in the United States and other countries, because we believe it is

68

---

Table of Contents

more likely than not that the tax benefit associated with these losses will not be realized. Second, we continue to accrue tax expense in jurisdictions where we have been historically profitable.

        In 2007, as discussed below, we recorded $17.1 million of income tax expense related to establishing an $11.7 million deferred tax liability on unremitted earnings and accruing $5.4 million of withholding taxes related to the realized gain on the sale of our investment in Gemdale.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Income tax expense was $32.9 million in 2007 compared to a tax benefit of $15.0 million in 2006.

        On March 16, 2007, China's top legislature, the National People's Congress, passed the CIT. The CIT Law was effective on January 1, 2008. Under the CIT Law, China's dual tax system for domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises ("FIEs") was effectively replaced by a unified system. As a result of the enactment of new regulations in December 2007 to address CIT Law, we accrued income tax expense of $11.7 million related to recording a deferred tax liability on foreign withholding taxes for unremitted earnings of our subsidiaries which we determined to not be permanently reinvested outside the United States. We also accrued $5.4 million of foreign withholding taxes related to the realized gain on the sale of our investment in Gemdale.

        Without the $17.1 million of foreign withholding taxes, we had tax expense of $15.8 million. There are two primary reasons why we had tax expense despite incurring pretax losses. First, we did not provide any tax benefit on the current year losses incurred and tax credits generated in the United States and other countries, because we believed it was more likely than not that the tax benefit associated with these losses would not be realized. Second, we continued to accrue tax expense in jurisdictions where we have been historically profitable.

        In 2006, we recorded a $29.0 million income tax benefit related to the settlement of a tax audit in China for the 2003 through 2005 tax years for UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. ("HUTS") and Hangzhou UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd ("HSTC"), two of our subsidiaries in China and the acceptance of our tax holiday for HSTC.

SEGMENT REPORTING

        As noted previously, during the fourth quarter of 2007, we announced a new corporate organization to align the business units with our corporate strategy.

        We make financial decisions based on information we receive from our internal management system and currently evaluate the operating performance of and allocate resources to the segments based on segment revenue and gross profit. Cost of sales and direct expenses in relation to production are assigned to the segments. The accounting policies used in measuring segment assets and operating performance are the same as those used at the consolidated level.

Multimedia Communications

69

---

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Sales for 2008 decreased 11%, or $35.1 million as compared to 2007. The decrease was mainly due to lower PAS system sales and 3G related product sales in 2008 as we exited 3G related product lines in early 2007. The decrease was partially offset by higher Set Top Box ("STB") and NGN sales. Worldwide PAS system sales decreased by 21% and contributed to approximately 77% of our Multimedia Communications sales for 2008 compared to 87% for 2007.

        The gross profit percentage increased to 45% for 2008 from 35% for 2007 primarily due to lower warranty and inventory costs as well as the impact of the reduction of $4.5 million of previously accrued third party commissions in the third quarter of 2008 and $9.1 million of 3G product sales with low margins in 2007, offset in part by increased sales of lower margin STB products in 2008. The reduction in accrued third party commissions in the third quarter of 2008 resulted from the determination that such aged accruals were no longer needed as the statute of limitations with respect to such unclaimed commissions had expired and we had exhausted all efforts to extinguish these liabilities in accordance with established Company procedures.

        We expect future PAS infrastructure spending to decline in 2009 and beyond as China launched its 3G networks. We expect the decline in new PAS infrastructure orders will continue and we plan to aggressively pursue opportunities for our dual mode enterprise PAS products and NGN products in multiple markets. However, we do not anticipate that these sales will fully offset the anticipated decline in PAS sales in 2009 and beyond.

        We believe that the IPTV market presents a meaningful growth opportunity. We currently offer and have initial market acceptance of our IPTV products in China, India, Taiwan and other geographic regions.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        During 2007, Multimedia Communications sales decreased by 28% as compared to 2006 mainly due to decrease in our PAS infrastructure sales and phase out of our 3G product lines. Worldwide PAS system sales decreased by 22% and contributed to approximately 87% of our Multimedia Communications sales for 2007 compared to 82% for 2006. New PAS system sales in China have declined continuously since late 2004 as carriers have transitioned from new system installations to system expansions as PAS/iPAS systems reach product maturity and China launched its 3G networks.

        Gross profit as a percentage of sales decreased from 46% to 35% of net sales in 2007, as compared to 2006 primarily due to higher warranty expenses and higher inventory reserves as we exited certain unprofitable product lines due to the restructuring plan initiated in October 2007.

Broadband Infrastructure

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Sales decreased due to a decline in our CPE and MSAN product lines as Softbank in Japan completed its current phase of ADSL expansion. Softbank in Japan represented approximately 23%

70

---

Table of Contents

and 34% of total Broadband Infrastructure sales in 2008 and 2007, respectively. This decline was partially offset by higher sales in Optical products.

        Gross profit decreased $10.0 million for 2008 when compared to 2007, primarily due to approximately $18.4 million contract loss provisions as well as approximately $7.1million increased inventory costs related to our optical products in China in 2008. The decrease was partially offset by the sale of higher margin MSAN products in 2008. Gross profit for 2008 includes $3.4 million of contract loss charges relating to costs that should have been included in the calculation of gross profit in prior periods. In 2007, we recorded a $6.2 million additional contract loss on an infrastructure deployment contract.

        We may incur additional warranty expense as we introduce new products and may be required to accrue additional contract losses for certain fixed price contracts as these contracts progress. Both events may have negative impacts on our future gross profits, results of operations and financial position.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Our largest Broadband Infrastructure customer was Softbank in Japan, representing approximately 34% and 54% of total broadband sales for 2007 and 2006, respectively. Due to the customer concentration in this segment, revenues fluctuate based upon the magnitude and timing of revenue recognition on certain contracts for larger customers.

        Net sales from the Broadband Infrastructure segment decreased $44.8 million for 2007 as compared to 2006. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales to Softbank in Japan as Softbank completed its initial investment in fixed line businesses and changed its focus to wireless business following its acquisition of Vodafone Japan. The decrease was also due to the Broadband Infrastructure net sales in 2006 including $31.2 million in revenue from order cancellation fees with no associated cost of sales.

        Gross profit increased $8.7 million for 2007 as compared to 2006, primarily due to a $32.1 million provision for anticipated losses on an infrastructure deployment contract entered into during the fourth quarter of 2006 as well as additional warranty cost of $4.9 million in 2006. These additional costs in 2006 were partially offset by the gross margin from the $31.2 million in revenue related to cancellation fees which had no related costs of sale. In 2007, we recorded $6.2 million additional contract loss on the infrastructure deployment contract discussed above. We accepted this contract because it would allow us to develop a relationship with a customer we consider important to the international expansion of our broadband infrastructure business.

Handsets

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Net sales increased 23% for the year 2008 as compared to the same periods in 2007. The majority of our handset sales were historically in China, where we have experienced a decline in volume and price for our PAS handsets. After the disposition of our PCD operations on July 1, 2008, our handset

71

---

Table of Contents

sales to PCD LLC totaled $126.0 million and contributed approximately 44% of total handset sales for 2008.

        The PAS handset units sold in China declined to 3.6 million units for 2008 compared to 4.8 million units for 2007. The 25% volume decline was primarily attributed to lower demand for our PAS handsets resulting from a decline in PAS subscribers as service providers reduced marketing efforts for PAS handsets in anticipation for next generation technology networks and the restructuring of China telecommunication industry. The average selling price per unit in the PAS products declined 9.4% in 2008 compared to 2007 due to competitive pricing pressures and increased sales through distributor channels. We expect a continued decline in PAS subscribers in future periods.

        Gross profit as a percentage of net sales for our Handsets segment decreased in 2008 compared to 2007. The decrease was primarily due to losses from our GSM products as we reduced inventory of older models, costs related to cancelation of an order for a CDMA model and higher inventory cost of our PAS data card business, as well as continued price erosion and a decrease in demand of our PAS product lines. The increased sales of lower gross margin CDMA handsets to PCD LLC also contributed to the decline of gross profit percentage. The decrease in gross margin was partially offset by a $5.1 million supplier rebate in 2008.

        In 2009 and beyond, we expect a decline in PAS subscribers as the China telecommunication industry reorganizes. Furthermore, we expect more price erosion and gross margin deterioration in PAS handsets because of increasing competition. However, we expect our CDMA and TD-SCDMA handsets will contribute more to our revenue and partially offset the decline of PAS business in China. To capitalize on the growing data business in China, in mid-2009, we also plan to introduce HSDPA data cards supported by TD-SCDMA networks and EVDO data cards supported by CDMA 3G networks, which we expect to have relatively higher gross margins and average selling prices. In addition, we expect to continue to focus on product cost reduction efforts through supply chain improvements and R&D improvements, including outsourcing part of our product development.

        In December 2008, we decided to wind down our Korea Operations which sells CDMA handsets to PCD LLC. During the first six months of 2009, we expect to satisfy our obligations under the Supplier Agreement ("Agreement") with PCD LLC which we terminated in accordance with this Agreement by giving 180 days notice of termination in December 2008.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Handset sales declined 41% in 2007 as compared to 2006. The decrease in net sales was primarily attributable to declining volume in the China telecommunications market and price erosion, resulting from reduction of subsidies on PAS handsets from service providers and the competition from mobile carriers like China Mobile and China Unicom. PAS and PAS/GSM dual mode handset unit sales in China declined to 4.8 million units in 2007 as compared to 7.9 million units in the prior year. The average selling price for PAS and PAS/GSM in China for 2007 was $42.3 million as compared to $47.7 million for 2006, representing an 11.3% decrease.

        Gross profit in 2007 as a percentage of sales increased by 3 percentage points as compared to 2006, mainly due to gross profit contributed from non PAS handsets. Gross profit as a percentage of sales for PAS handsets remained stable as compared to 2006 due to the continuous effort on cost reduction, better inventory management and reduction in royalty and warranty-related expenditures.

72

---

Table of Contents

Services

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Our Services segment's revenue from external customers increased by 9% for 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase was mainly due to the continued growth of our China service sales resulting from increased service contracts for maintenance services and value added services. The previously allocated revenues into the Service segment of $7.8 million from Multimedia Communications and $0.3 million from Broadband Infrastructure segment sales in China were reclassified into the respective segments for 2007 to conform to the current year's segment presentation.

        Gross profit increased from 17% for 2007 to 30% for 2008. The increase was primarily due to China service sales increases without corresponding increases in associated cost by utilizing excess capacity.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Our Service segment revenue increased $4.0 million, or 8%, for 2007 as compared to 2006 due to an increase in sales in our China operations as we signed new contracts for Multimedia Communication products during the second half of 2007. The previously allocated revenues into the Service segment of $7.8 million and $9.7 million from Multimedia Communications and $ 0.3 million and $0.7 million from Broadband Infrastructure segment sales in China were reclassified into the respective segments for 2007 and 2006, respectively, to conform to the current year's segment presentation.

        The increase in gross profit of $7.9 million, as compared to 2006 was due to the increased sales in China, and the recognition of revenue for certain non-China sales orders that originated in 2006 with higher gross margins compared to those recognized in 2006.

Personal Communication Devices (PCD)

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Net sales for PCD decreased by $784.6 million as compared to 2007 due to the disposition of PCD on July 1, 2008, See Note 3 of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Gross profit increased from 6% in 2007 to 8% in 2008 primarily due to sales of higher margin products in 2008.

73

---

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        Net sales for PCD were $1.66 billion in 2007, an increase of 24% as compared to $1.34 billion in 2006. The increase was primarily due to a 1.5 million increase in total units sold, as well as an 8% increase in the overall average selling price in 2007. During 2007, sales of UTStarcom manufactured devices accounted for 35% of the total units sold, compared to 36% of the total units sold for 2006.

        Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 6% for 2007, compared with a 3% gross profit of net sales for 2006. The increased gross profit in 2007 as compared to 2006 was primarily due to higher than average selling prices in 2007 compared to 2006 and larger inventory write-downs for certain slow moving models in 2006. There was no significant benefit to our gross profit margin during 2007 as a result of sales of inventory previously reserved as excess or obsolete.

Other

Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007

        Our Other segment consists of Mobile Solutions (MSBU) and Custom Solutions (CSBU) business units. Revenue decreased by $18.4 million, or 43% for 2008 as compared to 2007. Of the total $18.4 million decrease in sales, $7.7 million was due to the disposition of MSBU in July 2008 and $4.6 million was related to recognition of revenue of a higher margin product sales in 2007. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we initiated actions to disband CSBU.

        Gross profit percentage decreased to 51% for 2008 from 61% for 2007. The decrease was primarily due to higher inventory reserves and higher overhead expenses in 2008 offset by the effect of the disposition of MSBU which had lower gross margin sales.

Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006

        The Other segment revenue increased by $8.1 million, or 23% in 2007 as compared to 2006 due to increase in sales of Custom Solutions products and related services as well as the IPCDMA product line of Mobile Solutions, partially offset by a decrease in sales of the data software products of the Mobile Solutions business unit due to increased competition. The IPCDMA product line accounted for 34% of the total Other segment revenue.

        Gross Profit as a percentage of sales decreased from 73% in 2006 to 61% in 2007, mainly due to a decrease in data software sales which normally have higher gross profit margins.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Softbank and affiliates

        We recognize revenue with respect to sales of telecommunications equipment to affiliates of Softbank, a significant stockholder of our company. Softbank offers ADSL coverage throughout Japan, which is marketed under the name "YAHOO! BB." We support Softbank's fiber-to-the-home service through sales of our carrier class GEPON product as well as our NetRing™ product. In addition, we support Softbank's new internet protocol television ("IPTV"), through sales of our RollingStream™ product.

74

---

Table of Contents

        During 2008, 2007 and 2006, we recognized revenue of $38.3 million, $67.8 million and $130.8 million, respectively, for sales of telecommunications equipment and services to affiliates of Softbank. Included in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006 was a fee of $31.2 million charged for the cancellation of orders for broadband products and $10.0 million charged for the cancellation of orders for multimedia communications products.

        Included in accounts receivable at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $9.2 million and $26.2 million, respectively, related to these transactions. We had immaterial amounts of accounts payable from Softbank and its affiliates at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

        Sales to Softbank include a three year service period and a penalty clause if product failure rates exceed a certain level over a seven year period. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the customer advance balance related to Softbank agreements was $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The current deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $4.0 million and $5.6 million as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the noncurrent deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $9.2 million compared to $10.1 million as of December 31, 2007.

        On July 17, 2003, we entered into a Mezzanine Loan Agreement with BB Modem Rental PLC ("BB Modem"), an affiliate of Softbank. Under the terms of the agreement, we loaned BB Modem $10.1 million at an effective interest rate of 12.01% per annum, for the purpose of investing in a portfolio of ADSL modems and associated modem rental agreements, from Softbank. Softbank will continue to service such modems and modem rental agreements. Our loan was subordinated to certain senior lenders of BB Modem, and repayments were paid to us over a 42-month period through January 31, 2007, with a substantial portion of the principal amount of the loan schedule repaid during the last 16 months of this period. During the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 we recorded an immaterial amount and $0.6 million, respectively, in interest income with respect to this loan. The loan receivable was fully settled during the first quarter of 2007.

        As of December 31, 2008, Softbank beneficially owned approximately 12% of our outstanding stock.

Audiovox

        Prior to the sale of PCD on July 1, 2008, Phillip Christopher, one of our former officers, served as a director for Audiovox Corporation ("Audiovox"). During 2008, 2007 and 2006, we paid approximately $0.8 million, $2.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively, for IT services provided by Audiovox.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        The following sections discuss the effects of changes in our balance sheet and cash flows, contractual obligations and other commitments on our liquidity and capital resources.

Balance Sheet and Cash Flows

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments

75

---

Table of Contents

 

        Cash and cash equivalents, consisting primarily of bank deposits and money market funds, are recorded at cost which approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. At December 31, 2008, cash and cash equivalents approximating $200.8 million was held by our subsidiaries in China.

        The Chinese government imposes currency exchange controls on all cash transfers out of China. Regulations in China permit foreign owned entities to freely convert the Renminbi into foreign currency for transactions that fall under the "current account," which includes trade related receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Accordingly, our Chinese subsidiaries may use Renminbi to purchase foreign exchange for settlement of such "current account" transactions without pre-approval. However, pursuant to applicable regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In calculating accumulated profits, foreign investment enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds, including mandated employee benefits funds, unless these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises.

        Other transactions that involve conversion of Renminbi into foreign currency are classified as "capital account" transactions; examples of "capital account" transactions include repatriations of investments by or loans to foreign owners, or direct equity investments in a foreign entity by a China domiciled entity. "Capital account" transactions require prior approval from China's State Administration of Foreign Exchange (SAFE) or its provincial branch to convert a remittance into a foreign currency, such as U.S. dollars, and transmit the foreign currency outside of China.

        As a result of these and other restrictions under PRC laws and regulations, our China subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the U.S. parent; such restricted portion amounted to approximately $186.1 million, or 40% of our total consolidated net assets as of December 31, 2008. We believe we have sufficient non-cash assets available to meet the above reserved net assets in China restriction; such that none of our cash balances are legally restricted from transfer.

        The $127.8 million decrease in cash and cash equivalents during 2008 was primarily a result of $332.6 million cash used in financing activities and $55.2 million cash used in operating activities, partially offset by cash provided by investing activities of approximately $246.0 million.

2008 Cash flows

        Net cash used in operating activities for 2008 was $55.2 million. During the year ended December 31, 2008, our operating activities were significantly impacted by the following:

•

Net loss of $150.3 million adjusted for gains on sale of investments of $40.2 million, the $8.2 million gain on liquidation of ownership interest in a variable interest entity, the $7.8 million gain on divestitures and non-cash charges of $96.0 million, which resulted in a net use of cash of $110.4 million. The non-cash charges of $96.0 million included $38.0 million in

76

---

Table of Contents

depreciation and amortization, $20.6 million in stock-based compensation expense, $27.2 million impairment of long-lived assets, $4.3 million impairment of long-term investments, and a $18.1 million provision for deferred costs, partially offset by recovery for doubtful accounts of $5.2 million and deferred tax benefit of $6.4 million.. The deferred tax benefit is primarily due to an $11.7 million benefit resulting from a change in the China Corporate Income Tax Law, offset partially by tax expense including $1.9 million of expense related to placing a valuation allowance on our Canadian deferred tax assets.

•

Changes in net operating assets and liabilities providing net cash of $55.2 million, which was primarily the result of management of working capital, in part necessitated by the repayment of the convertible subordinated notes due March 1, 2008. Cash from operations benefited $58.9 million from a decrease in accounts receivable during 2008 which primarily occurred in the PCD business segment during the first quarter of 2008 due to strong collection efforts and from a $128.9 million increase in accounts payable primarily due to timing of payments to vendors. Partially offsetting this was a $64.9 million use of cash resulting from a decrease in customer advances due to timing of bookings and related revenue recognition. Customer advances represent cash deposits we have received from our customers for orders that have not yet received final acceptance.

        Net cash provided by investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2008 of $246.0 million included approximately $214.1 million in net proceeds from the sale of PCD and MSBU, $55.0 million net proceeds from the sale of investments, net of purchases, and $7.7 million from the repayment of a loan by a variable interest entity, partially offset by $14.2 million used to purchase property, plant and equipment, $8.7 million used to purchase long term investment interests and a $8.2 million change in restricted cash.

        Net cash used in financing activities during year ended December 31, 2008 of $332.6 million related primarily to the repayment of the convertible subordinated notes of $274.6 million on March 1, 2008 and the net repayment of $48.0 million of other bank loans during 2008.

2007 Cash flows

        Net cash used in operating activities for 2007 was $225.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2007, our operating activities were significantly impacted by the following:

•

Net loss of $195.6 million adjusted for the gains on sale of investments of $53.7 million, the $4.3 million gain on divestiture and non-cash charges of $92.0 million, which resulted in a net use of cash of $161.6 million. Non-cash charges for 2007 included $57.4 million of depreciation and amortization, $12.8 million of stock-based compensation expense and $19.9 million of impairment charges of long-lived assets.



•

Changes in net operating assets and liabilities using net cash of $63.5 million. During 2007, accounts payable decreased $172.0 million due to a decrease in purchases of inventory during 2007 and a change in the timing of payments to vendors beginning in the first quarter of 2007 to comply with accelerated vendor payment terms. In addition, deferred revenue decreased $40.7 million primarily due to the recognition of revenue that was deferred from prior periods, other assets increased by $21.2 million primarily due to advance payments to suppliers and customer advances decreased by $48.1 million for 2007. Upon subsequent receipt of final acceptances and revenue recognition, customer advances are reduced and revenue and cost of sales is recorded. Customer advances represent cash deposits we have received from our customers for orders that have not yet received final acceptance. The cash used in operating activities was partially offset by a reduction in accounts receivable of $93.9 million, inventory of $82.4 million and deferred costs of $36.6 million. The reduction in accounts receivable was as a result of strong cash collections and the high percentage of revenue in 2007 from PCD which

77

---

Table of Contents

generally has experienced a shorter collection period on related receivables. Days sales outstanding was 48 days at December 31, 2007 as compared to 60 days at December 31, 2006. The decrease in inventory and deferred cost was primarily due to a decrease in purchases of inventory during 2007.

        Net cash provided by investing activities for 2007 totaled $29.4 million. Cash of $83.2 million was received from the proceeds of the sale of short-term and long-term investments, $4.3 million was received in connection with achieving certain milestones related to the sale of certain semiconductor assets in 2006 and $6.6 million was the result of a change in restricted cash balances representing a release of restricted cash. Cash outflows from investing activities included $37.9 million for the purchase of short-term investments as well as $27.3 million for the purchase of property, plant and equipment.

        Net cash used in financing activities was $58.1 million, primarily due to net repayment on our lines of credit of $61.6 million.

2006 Cash flows

        Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $62.9 million. During the year ended December 31, 2006, our operating activities were significantly impacted by the following:

•

Net loss of $117.3 million adjusted for a gain on divestiture of $12.3 million and non-cash charges of $93.0 million which resulted in a net use of cash of $36.6 million. Non-cash charges for 2006 included $68.0 million of depreciation and amortization, $16.6 million of stock-based compensation expense, and a $13.5 million other-than-temporary charge related to impairment of a long-term investment. The net gain on sale of assets was related to the sale of the semiconductor design business division to Marvell Technology Group, Ltd.



•

Changes in net operating assets and liabilities providing net cash of $99.5 million. Cash from operating activities was positively affected by changes in accounts receivable, deferred costs and customer advances, partially offset by the net loss as well as changes in inventories, payables and other current liabilities. The decrease in accounts receivable resulted from improved cash collections in 2006 compared to 2005 which provided cash of $133.1 million. Days sales outstanding was 60 days at December 31, 2006 as compared to 66 days outstanding at December 31, 2005 due to strong cash collections in the fourth quarter of 2006 and the high percentage of fourth quarter revenue derived from PCD, which generally has experienced a shorter collection period on related receivables. Customer advances increased by $38.4 million at December 31, 2006. The decrease in payables and other current liabilities primarily resulted from a decrease in accounts payable of $25.5 million, a decrease in income taxes payable of $28.9 million, and a decrease in other current liabilities of $27.6 million. The decrease in other current liabilities included decreases in payroll and other taxes payable, accrued contract costs, which relate to purchase of goods and services for which invoices have not been received, and warranty costs, offset by a $32.1 million increase in other current liabilities related to a loss contract reserve.

        Net cash provided by investing activities in fiscal 2006 totaled $36.1 million. Cash inflows from investing activities included $36.0 million received from the sale of our semiconductor design operations to Marvell Technology Group, Ltd., $4.0 million of net proceeds from the sale of short-term investments and $20.9 million in changes to restricted cash. Cash used for additions to property, plant and equipment totaled $26.3 million.

78

---

Table of Contents

        Net cash used in financing activities was $99.5 million, primarily consisting of a net repayment of short-term borrowings in excess of new borrowings.

Accounts Receivable, Net

        The following table summarizes our accounts receivable, net:

        Accounts receivable decreased $172.5 million primarily as a result of the sale of PCD during 2008. Accounts receivable at December 31, 2007 related to PCD approximated $155.8 million. DSO, calculated excluding PCD, decreased slightly to 75 at December 31, 2008 from 79 at December 31, 2007 as a result of the continued focus on working capital management.

Inventories and Deferred Costs

        The following table summarizes our inventories and deferred costs:

        Inventories consist of product held at our manufacturing facility and warehouses, as well as finished goods at customer sites for which the customer has taken possession, but based on specific contractual terms, title has not yet passed to the customer. Deferred costs consist of product shipped to the customer where the rights and obligations of ownership have passed to the customer, but revenue has not yet been recognized. Inventories decreased approximately $163.2 million primarily as a result of the sale of PCD. Finished goods inventory at December 31, 2007 held by PCD approximated $156.6 million. Short-term deferred costs decreased approximately $56.9 million primarily due to timing of revenue recognition, as well as the reduction of deferred costs of approximately $13.8 million resulting from the sale of MSBU. The decrease of $15.5 million in long-term deferred costs is due to revenue recognition on long-term contracts.

79

---

Table of Contents

Debt

        The following table summarizes our debt:

        We have no bank loans outstanding at December 31, 2008. In March 2008, we repaid our convertible subordinated debt of $274.6 million. We also repaid $48.0 million of bank loans during 2008. At December 31, 2008, our primary source of available credit is a credit facility in China. This credit facility provides uncollateralized lines of credit totaling $73.3 million of which $29.3 million is available for working capital draws and $44.0 million for the issuance of letters of credit and corporate guarantees ("non-working capital draws"). This credit facility provides an additional $190.4 million in additional borrowing availability subject to collateralization, of which $117.2 million is available for working capital draws and $73.2 million is available for non-working capital draws. At December 31, 2008, we had approximately $219.0 million available for future borrowings on this China credit facility, of which an aggregate of $146.6 million remained available for general working capital purposes and $72.4 million remained available in support of letters of credit and corporate guarantees. This China line of credit expires in the third quarter of 2009. In January 2009, we entered into a second credit facility in China for an additional $58.5 million of available credit which expires in December 2009.

        Our available lines of credit in China are now significantly less than what has been available to us historically and, if not renewed, expire within the next 12 months. During the fourth quarter of 2007, credit facilities in China in the aggregate amount of approximately $481.7 million matured or were extinguished. While we were able to renew approximately $263.8 million of these lines of credit during the third quarter of 2008, borrowings above a certain threshold now require collateralization of our real property in China and each borrowing under the credit facilities is subject to the bank's then current favorable opinion of the credit worthiness of our China subsidiaries, as well as the bank having funds available for lending and other Chinese banking regulations. Furthermore, we have not previously utilized collateralized credit lines in China, and it is uncertain whether these collateralized credit lines would be readily available to us. The most significant factor resulting in the decrease in our currently available lines of credit in China is the reduced profitability of our China domiciled subsidiaries. We also believe that the decrease in our currently available lines of credit in China is the result of recent changes in banking practices in China which has resulted in the granting of lines of credit by China banks more in line with U.S. and international credit underwriting practices. Upon expiration in the third quarter of 2009, we cannot be certain that additional lines of credit will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

        On March 21, 2008, we entered into a credit agreement providing for a $75.0 million secured revolving credit facility that was subject to an accounts receivable and inventory borrowing base formula and was used during the second quarter of 2008 to fund our general working capital requirements. During the quarter, we repaid all outstanding borrowings under this credit agreement. On June 30, 2008, in connection with the agreement for the sale of PCD we terminated the commitments under the credit agreement.

80

---

Table of Contents

Liquidity

        We have incurred net losses of $150.3 million, $195.6 million and $117.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We have recorded operating losses in 15 of the 16 consecutive quarters in the period ended December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008 we have an accumulated deficit of $841.5 million. We incurred net cash outflows from operations of $55.2 million and $225.1 million in 2008 and 2007 respectively. We expect to continue to incur losses and negative cash flows from operations over at least the next four quarters.

        At December 31, 2008 we had cash and cash equivalents of $309.6 million, of which $200.8 million was held by our subsidiaries in China. The amount of cash available for transfer from the China subsidiaries for use by our non-China subsidiaries is limited both by the liquidity needs of the subsidiaries in China and by Chinese-government mandated limitations including currency exchange controls on transfers of funds outside of China.

        Our China subsidiaries paid an aggregate $150 million in dividends to our U.S. parent company during the year ended December 31, 2007 and another $100 million in February 2008. While these cash transfers are offset and eliminated in preparing our consolidated cash flow statements, they have been a principal source of funding of our non-China operations during the periods in which they were made. In February 2009, our China subsidiaries paid an additional $50 million in dividends to our U.S. parent company, and additional cash dividends from our China based subsidiaries to the U.S. parent company may be necessary to fund our non-China cash requirements in 2009. However, going forward, the amount of cash available for transfer from the China subsidiaries will be limited both by the liquidity needs of the subsidiaries in China and by Chinese-government mandated requirements including currency exchange controls on transfers of funds outside of China.

        Currently, our only committed credit sources are our credit facilities in China. At December 31, 2008, the credit facilities aggregated $263.8 million, of which $146.6 million is available for working capital purposes and the remaining $117.2 million is restricted for use in trade financing. The credit facilities do not require compliance with any financial covenants, but they do require collateralization for working capital draws in excess of $29.3 million or trade financing draws in excess of $44.0 million. The bank providing our principal credit line added the requirement that borrowings above these amounts be secured by our manufacturing, research and development, and administrative offices facility in Hangzhou, China when this credit line was renewed during the third quarter of 2008; at December 31, 2008, $219.0 million of the total credit facilities remained available under our credit agreements and usage of the principal credit line had not reached levels that would require collateral. Furthermore, each borrowing under the credit facilities are subject to the banks' then current favorable opinion of the credit worthiness of our China subsidiaries, the banks having funds available for lending, and other Chinese banking regulations. Our principal credit facility expires in the third quarter of 2009, and, based upon our recent financial performance and financial position, we believe the bank may reduce the total available credit under this facility when we negotiate its renewal. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that borrowings under our credit facilities in China will be adequate to meet our financing requirements.

        In 2008, we took a number of actions to improve our liquidity. In March 2008 we paid $289.5 million to retire our convertible subordinated notes and related accrued interest. On July 1, 2008 we completed the sale of PCD for proceeds of $219.1 million. In addition, we divested out Mobile Solutions Business Unit in July 2008. In the fourth quarter of 2008, management initiated actions to disband our Customs Solutions Business Unit and to wind down our Korea based handset operations. As a result of these actions and other restructuring initiatives undertaken by the management, our year-to-year quarterly selling, general and administrative and research and development operating expenses have been reduced by 35-40%. In December 2008, management announced further initiatives including efforts to eliminate functional duplications by consolidation of a number of key functions into

81

---

Table of Contents

our China operations. Management believes that these initiatives, if executed successfully, will help achieve significant operating expense reductions by the fourth quarter of 2009 and enable our fixed cost base to be better aligned with operations, market demand and projected sales levels, which management expects will increase significantly in the latter half of 2009 as compared to the first two quarters of 2009. Uncertainties about sales levels that may be achieved in 2009 are heightened by recent market turmoil and the global economic downturn. If the level of sales anticipated by our financial plan does not materialize, we will need to take further actions to reduce costs and expenses or explore other cost reduction options.

        Management believes that if we are able to achieve projected sales levels in 2009 and contain expenses and cash used in operations to levels contemplated in our 2009 financial plan, both our China and non-China operations will have sufficient liquidity to finance working capital and capital expenditure needs during the next 12 months. If we are not able to execute our 2009 financial plan successfully, we may need to obtain funds from equity or debt financings. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if required, will be available on terms satisfactory to us or at all, and if funds are raised in the future through issuance of preferred stock or debt, these securities could have rights, privileges or preference senior to those of our common stock and newly issued debt could contain debt covenants that impose restrictions on our operations. Further, any sale of newly issued debt or equity securities could result in additional dilution to our current shareholders.

        Recently, global economies have experienced a significant downturn driven by a financial and credit crisis that will continue to challenge such economies for some period of time. Under the current macroeconomic environment there are significant risks and uncertainties inherent in management's ability to forecast future results. The operating environment confronting us, both internally and externally, raises significant uncertainties. While improvements in our operating results, cash flows and liquidity are anticipated as our 2009 financial plan and management's initiatives to control and reduce costs while maintaining and growing our revenue base are fully implemented, our recurring losses and expected negative cash flows from operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph highlighting this uncertainty in its "Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" dated March 2, 2009 included in "Part II, Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities or any other adjustments that may be necessary if the entity is unable to continue as a going concern.

Income taxes

        Certain subsidiaries and joint ventures located in China enjoy tax benefits in China which are generally available to foreign investment enterprises, including full exemption from national enterprise income tax for two years starting from the first profit-making year and/or a 50% reduction in national income tax rate for the following three years. In addition, local enterprise income tax is often waived or reduced during this tax holiday/incentive period. Under current regulations in China, foreign investment enterprises that have been accredited as technologically advanced enterprises are entitled to additional tax incentives. These tax incentives vary in different locales and could include preferential national enterprise income tax treatment at 50% of the usual rates for different periods of time. The tax holidays/incentives discussed above are applicable to the Company's active subsidiaries in China, UTStarcom ChongQing Telecom Co. Ltd. ("CUTS"), UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. ("HUTS"), and UTStarcom China Co., Ltd. ("UTSC") because these entities may qualify as accredited technologically advanced enterprises.

        On March 16, 2007, China's top legislature, the National People's Congress, passed the China Corporate Income Tax Law (the "CIT Law"). The CIT Law became effective on January 1, 2008.

82

---

Table of Contents

Under the CIT Law, China's dual tax system for domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises ("FIEs") have been effectively replaced by a unified system. The new law establishes a tax rate of 25% for most enterprises and a reduced tax rate of 15% for certain qualified high technology enterprises.

        Prior to this change in tax law, certain subsidiaries and joint ventures located in China enjoyed tax benefits in China which were generally available to FIEs. The tax holidays/incentives for FIEs were applicable or potentially applicable to CUTS, HUTS and UTSC, our active subsidiaries in China, as those entities may qualify as accredited technologically advanced enterprises.

        The CIT Law targets certain industries for the reduced 15% tax rate for certain qualified high technology enterprises. For FIEs established before the promulgation of the new law who currently enjoy lower tax rates, any increase in their tax rates would be gradually phased in over five years. During the fourth quarter of 2008, two of our China subsidiaries, HUTS and UTSC, were approved for the reduced 15% tax rate. The approval lasts for three years and is retroactive to January 1, 2008.

        The Chinese central government may review and audit tax benefits granted by local or provincial authorities and could determine to disallow such benefits. Certain of our subsidiaries and joint ventures located in China enjoy tax benefits in China that are generally available to foreign investment enterprises. If these tax benefits are reduced, disallowed or repealed due to changes in tax laws or determination by the Chinese government, our business could suffer.

Off balance sheet arrangements

        At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had no off balance sheet arrangements.

Contractual obligations and other commercial commitments

        Our obligations under contractual obligations and commercial commitments are primarily with regard to leasing arrangements and standby letters of credit and are as follows as of December 31, 2008:

Operating leases

        We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2013.

Letters of credit

        We issue standby letters of credit primarily to support international sales activities outside of China and in support of purchase commitments. When we submit a bid for a sale, often the potential customer will require that we issue a bid bond or a standby letter of credit to demonstrate our commitment through the bid process. In addition, we may be required to issue standby letters of credit as guarantees for advance customer payments upon contract signing or performance guarantees. The standby letters of credit usually expire six to twelve months from date of issuance without being drawn by the beneficiary thereof.

83

---

Table of Contents

Purchase commitments

        We are obligated to purchase raw materials and work-in-process inventory under various orders from various suppliers, all of which should be fulfilled without adverse consequences material to our operations or financial condition. Purchase commitments in the table above exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty. We have cancelable purchase commitments approximating $99.3 million at December 31, 2008. Additionally, we have agreed to purchase from Marvell certain chip sets that will be included in 50% to 100% of our PAS handsets through 2011.

Accounts receivable transferred to notes receivable

        We accept bank notes and commercial notes receivable from our customers in China in the normal course of business. The notes are typically non-interest bearing, with maturity dates between three and six months. Bank notes are included in short-term investments. Commercial notes receivable available for sale were $11.1 million and $12.6 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We may discount these notes with banking institutions in China. A sale of these notes is reflected as a reduction of notes receivable and the proceeds of the settlement of these notes are included in cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows. Any notes that have been sold are not included in our consolidated balance sheets if the criteria for sale treatment established by SFAS No. 140 "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities," has been met. There were no notes receivable sold during 2008 and 2007.

Intellectual property

        Certain sales contracts include provisions under which customers would be indemnified by us in the event of, among other things, a third-party claim against the customer for intellectual property rights infringement related to our products. There are no limitations on the maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. We have not accrued any amounts in relation to these provisions as no such claims have been made and we believe we have valid enforceable rights to the intellectual property embedded in our products.

Uncertain tax positions

        Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As of December 31, 2008, our gross unrecognized tax benefits totaled $92.8 million and are included in Other Long Term Liabilities, net of certain deferred tax assets and the federal tax benefit of state income tax items totaling $82.1 million. If recognized, the portion of gross unrecognized tax benefits that would decrease the provision for income taxes and increase our net income is approximately $10.7 million. We have not included these amounts in the table of contractual obligations and commercial commitments because of the difficulty in making reasonably reliable estimates of the timing of cash settlements with the respective taxing authorities.

Third party commissions

        We record accruals for commissions payable to third parties in the normal course of business. Such commissions are recorded based on the terms of the contracts between us and the third parties and paid pursuant to such contracts. Consistent with our accounting policies, these commissions are recorded as operating expense in the period in which the liability is incurred. As of December 31, 2008, approximately $6.3 million of such accrued commissions had not been claimed by the third parties for more than three years. Management has performed, and continues to perform, follow-up procedures with respect to these accrued commissions. Upon completion of such follow-up procedures, if the accrued commissions have not been claimed and the statute of limitations, if any, has expired or a reasonable period of time has elapsed, we reduce such accruals. Such reduction is recorded in the

84

---

Table of Contents

Statement of Operations during the period management determines that certain accruals are no longer necessary. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we reduced approximately $4.5 million of accrued commissions payable and such reduction was recorded in cost of net sales. During the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, no significant accruals related to third party commissions were reversed.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

        Our financial condition and results of operations are based on certain critical accounting policies and estimates, which include judgments, estimates and assumptions on the part of management. Estimates are based on historical experience, knowledge of economic and market factors and various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates. The following summary of critical accounting policies and estimates highlights those areas of significant judgment in the application of our accounting policies that affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

        Revenues from sales of telecommunications equipment and handsets are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. If the payment due from the customer is not fixed or determinable due to extended payment terms, revenue is recognized as payments become due and payable by the customer, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition are met. Any payments received prior to revenue recognition are recorded as customer advances. Normal payment terms differ for various reasons amongst different customer regions, depending upon common business practices for customers within a region. Billing to customers for shipping and handling are recorded as revenues and the associated costs are recorded as costs of revenues. Any expected losses on contracts are recognized when identified on an individual basis in accordance with the prevailing accounting guidance for the respective contract.

        Sales may be generated from complex contractual arrangements that require significant revenue recognition judgments, particularly in the area of contracts with multiple deliverable elements (multiple element arrangements). Where multiple elements exist in an arrangement, the contract price is allocated to the different elements based upon and in proportion to verifiable objective evidence of the fair value of the various elements, as governed under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue ("EITF") No. 00-21, "Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables," and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, "Revenue Recognition." Multiple element arrangements primarily involve the sale of equipment, installation, training and post-contract support. Revenue is recognized as each element is earned, namely upon installation and acceptance of equipment or delivery of handsets, provided that the fair value of the undelivered element(s) has been determined, the delivered element(s) has stand-alone value, there is no right of return on delivered element(s), and we are in control of the undelivered element(s). For arrangements that include service elements, including promotional support and installation, for which verifiable objective evidence of the fair value does not exist, revenue is deferred until such services are deemed complete, or until the time we can establish verifiable objective evidence of the fair value.

        Final acceptance is required for revenue recognition when installation services are not considered perfunctory. Final acceptance indicates that the customer has fully accepted delivery and installation, if any, of equipment and we are entitled to full payment. We do not recognize revenue before final acceptance is granted by the customer if acceptance is considered substantive to the transaction.

        Where multiple elements exist in an arrangement that includes software, and the software is considered more than incidental to the equipment or services in the arrangement, software and

85

---

Table of Contents

software related elements are recognized under the provisions of Statement of Position ("SOP") 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition," as amended, and EITF No. 03-05, "Applicability of Statement of Position 97-2 to Non-software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software." We allocate revenues to each element of software arrangements based on vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of fair value. VSOE of fair value of each element is based on the price charged when the same element is sold separately. We use the residual method to recognize revenue when an arrangement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and VSOE of the fair value of all the undelivered elements exists. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the contract price is recognized as revenue when all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue for delivered and undelivered elements is deferred until delivery of all elements occurs or when VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements can be established. In some cases we have agreed to give software upgrade rights on a "when and if made available" basis for equipment sold for no additional consideration and for an unspecified period which could extend over the term of the contract. This additional contract obligation is an element of "post-contract support." We have not established VSOE for such contract element. Accordingly, the revenues from such contracts are recognized ratably over the period during which the post contract support is expected to be provided. The expected period of support is generally the term of the contract. In some cases where there is no stated contractual term, revenue is recognized ratably over the estimated period of support. We review assumptions regarding the estimated post-contract support periods on a regular basis. If we determine that it is necessary to revise our estimates of the support periods, the amount of revenue recognized over the life of the contract would not be affected. However, to the extent the new assumptions regarding the post-contract support periods were different from the original assumptions, the contract revenues would be recognized over the remaining expected period of support.

        Revenue from fixed priced contracts that include a requirement for significant software modification or customization is recognized in accordance with SOP No. 81-1, "Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts". In such instances, we account for such contracts using the completed contract method of accounting, whereby no revenue is recognized prior to the completion of the project, because for contracts involving unique requirements we are unable to make reasonably dependable estimates of its progress towards meeting contractual requirements. In the event estimated total project costs exceed estimated total project revenues, the entire estimated loss is charged to operations in the period in which the loss becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. The complexity of the estimation process and judgments about internal and external factors including labor utilization, changes to specifications and testing requirements, time required for performance and resulting incurrence of contract penalties, and the performance of subcontractors affect the estimation process. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we recorded $18.4 million, $6.2 million and $32.1 million contract loss on a fixed price contract, respectively.

        We recognize revenue for system integration, installation and training upon completion of performance and if all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Other service revenue, principally related to maintenance and support contracts, is recognized ratably over the maintenance term. Revenues from services were less than 10% of revenues for all periods presented.

        We also sell products through resellers. Revenue is generally recognized when the standard price protection period, which ranges from 30 to 90 days, has lapsed. If collectability cannot be reasonably assured in a reseller arrangement, revenue is recognized upon sell-through to the end customer and receipt of cash. There may be additional obligations in reseller arrangements such as inventory rotation, or stock exchange rights on the product. As such, revenue is recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 48, "Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists." In most cases, we have developed

86

---

Table of Contents

reasonable estimates for stock exchanges based on historical experience with similar types of sales of similar products.

        We have sales agreements with certain wireless customers that provide for a rebate of the selling price to such customers if the particular product is subsequently sold at a lower price to such customers or to a different customer. The rebate period extends for a relatively short period of time. Historically, the amounts of such rebates paid to customers have not been material. We estimate the amount of the rebate based upon the terms of each individual arrangement, historical experience and future expectations of price reductions and then record our estimate of the rebate amount at the time of the sale. We also enter into sales incentive programs, such as co-marketing arrangements, with certain wireless and handset customers. We record the incurred incentive as a reduction of revenue when the sales revenue is recognized.

        The assessment of collectability is also a factor in determining whether revenue should be recognized. We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including payment history and the credit worthiness of the customer. We do not request collateral from our customers. In international sales, we may require letters of credit from our customers that can be drawn on demand if the customer defaults on its payment. If we determine that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, we defer revenue recognition until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

        Occasionally, we enter into revenue sharing arrangements. Under these arrangements, we collect payment only after our customer, the telecommunications service provider, collects service revenues. When we enter into a revenue sharing arrangement, we do not recognize revenue until collection is reasonably assured.

        Because of the nature of doing business in China and other emerging markets, our billings and/or customer payments may not correlate with the contractual payment terms and we generally do not enforce contractual payment terms prior to final acceptance. Accordingly, accounts receivable are not recorded until we recognize the related customer revenue. Advances from customers are recognized when we have collected cash from the customer, prior to recognizing revenue. Deferred revenue is recorded if there are undelivered elements after final acceptance has been obtained.

Restructuring Liabilities, Litigation and Other Contingencies

        We account for the Company's restructuring plans under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" ("SFAS 146") and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits" ("SFAS 112"). We account for litigation and contingencies in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies" ("SFAS 5"). SFAS 5 requires that we record an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" ("SFAS 123(R)") requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate that fair value of share based payment awards using an option-pricing model. The value of awards that are ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

87

---

Table of Contents

        Stock-based compensation expense recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations for all years presented includes compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of SFAS 123 and compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).

        Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards require the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the share-based payment awards and stock volatility. We estimate an expected term of options granted based the our historical exercise and cancellation data for vested options. We use historical volatility as management believes it is more representative of future stock price trends than implied volatility due to the relatively small number of actively traded options on the Company's common stock available to determine implied volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management's best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and compensation expense could be materially different in the future. Because changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimated value, in management's opinion, the existing valuation models may not provide an accurate measure of the fair value of the Company's employee stock options. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize expense only for those shares expected to vest. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, the stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the current period.

Product Warranty

        We provide a warranty on our equipment and handset sales for a period generally ranging from one to two years from the time of final acceptance. Very rarely, we have entered into arrangements to provide limited warranty services for periods longer than two years. We provide for the expected cost of product warranties at the time that revenue is recognized based on an assessment of past warranty experience and when specific circumstances dictate. From time to time, we may be subject to additional costs related to non-standard warranty claims from our customers. If and when this occurs, we estimate additional accruals based on historical experience, communication with our customers and various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Such additional warranty accruals are recorded in the period in which the additional costs are identified.

Variable Interest Entities

        The Financial Accounting Standards Board, ("FASB") issued FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), ("FIN 46(R)"). FIN 46(R) requires that if an entity is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, ("VIE"), the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the VIE should be included in the consolidated financial statements of the entity. We evaluate our investments periodically or when "triggering" events occur for the application of FIN 46(R).

Receivables

        Although we evaluate customer credit worthiness prior to a sale, we provide an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated loss on trade and notes receivable when collection may no longer be reasonably assured. We assess collectability of receivables based on a number of factors including analysis of creditworthiness, our customer's historical payment history and current economic conditions, our ability to collect payment and on the length of time an individual receivable balance is outstanding. Our policy for determining the allowance for doubtful accounts includes both specific allowances for balances known to be uncollectible and a formula-based portfolio approach, based on aging of the accounts receivable, as a precursor to a management review of the overall allowance for doubtful

88

---

Table of Contents

accounts. This formula-based approach involves aging of our accounts receivable and applying a percentage based on our historical experience; this approach results in the allowance being computed based on the aging of the receivables. We evaluate the percentages applied to each category of aged accounts receivable periodically based on actual history of write-offs and collections and refines this formula-based approach accordingly for use in future periods.

        We have certain accounts receivable in China that have been outstanding for a significant period of time. We provide allowances for these receivables based on the criteria discussed above. While we believe we have sufficient experience and knowledge of the China market and customer payment patterns to reasonably estimate such allowances, actual payment patterns and customer behavior could differ from our expectations. We use actual collection experience to periodically adjust the percentages used in applying the formula-based portfolio approach as discussed above.

Inventories

        Inventories consist of product held at our manufacturing facility and warehouses, as well as finished goods at customer sites for which the customer has taken possession, but based on specific contractual terms, title has not yet passed to the customer. We may ship inventory to existing customers that require additional equipment to expand their existing networks prior to the signing of an expansion contract. Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value, based on the FIFO method of accounting, except for PCD which utilized the weighted average method of accounting that approximates FIFO, net of write-downs for excess, slow moving and obsolete inventory. Write-downs are based on our assumptions about future market conditions and customer demand, including projected changes in average selling prices resulting from competitive pricing pressures. We continually monitor inventory valuation for potential losses and obsolete inventory at our manufacturing facilities as well as at customer sites. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. If actual market conditions are more favorable than anticipated, inventory previously written down may be sold to customers, resulting in lower cost of sales and higher income from operations than expected in that period.

Deferred costs

        Deferred costs consist of product shipped to the customer where the rights and obligations of ownership have passed to the customer, but revenue has not yet been recognized. All deferred costs are stated at cost. We periodically assess the recoverability of deferred costs and provide reserves against deferred cost balances when recovery of deferred costs is not probable. Recoverability is evaluated based on various factors including the length of time product has been held at the customer site, the viability of payment, including assessment of product demand if a revenue sharing arrangement exists and/or the evaluation if a related transaction will result in a gross margin loss. In a loss situation for a transaction, the deferred cost balance is adjusted for an impairment equal to the value of the excess of cost over the amount of revenue that will be eventually recognized for the transaction. Revenue and cost of sales are recorded when final acceptance is received from the customer. With greater concentration of product at customer sites under contract with specific or individual customers, the financial conditions of such specific or individual customers may result in increased concentration risk exposure for our inventory.

        For any post contract support services where the revenue is deferred, the entire related deferred direct costs are classified as a noncurrent asset, consistent with the definition of a current asset per Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43, "Working Capital: Current Assets and Current Liabilities."

89

---

Table of Contents

Research and Development and Capitalized Software Development Costs

        Our research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. We capitalize software development costs, incurred in the development of software that will ultimately be sold, between the time technological feasibility has been attained and the related product is ready for general release. Management judgment is required in assessing technological feasibility, expected future revenues, estimated product lives and changes in product technologies, and the ultimate recoverability of our capitalized software development costs.

Income Taxes

        We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. In July 2006 the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109" ("FIN 48"), which requires income tax positions to meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold to be recognized in the financial statements. Under FIN 48, tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. We recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as part of the provision for income taxes. We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. Prior to 2007, we established reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes and interest will be due.

        We recognize deferred income taxes as the difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial statement amounts based on enacted tax rates. Management judgment is required in the assessment of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets based on its assessment of projected taxable income. Numerous factors could affect our results of operations in the future. If there was a significant decline in our future operating results, management's assessment of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets would need to be revised, and any such adjustment to its deferred tax assets would be charged to income in that period. If necessary, we record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount management believes is more likely than not to be realized.

        In 2006, due to developments in our business and repatriations of cash via dividends and settlements of intercompany accounts as described in Note 1 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we made a determination that earnings from certain subsidiaries were not permanently reinvested outside the United States. We provide U.S. taxes on foreign undistributed earnings that are not considered to be permanently reinvested outside the United States.

Long-Lived Assets Including Finite-Lived Purchased Intangible Assets

        We amortize purchased intangible assets with finite lives over the estimated economic lives of the assets. Purchased intangible assets are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization.

        We assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets by determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted future cash flows. Asset impairments primarily consist of intangible assets with finite lives and property, plant and equipment and are based on an estimate of the amounts and timing of future cash flows related to the expected future remaining use and ultimate sale or disposal of property, plant and equipment net of costs to sell. During 2008, we incurred $4.9 million and $22.3 million of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment impairment charges, respectively. During 2007, we incurred $15.7 million and $1.1 million of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment impairment charges, respectively.

90

---

Table of Contents

        The process of evaluating the potential impairment of long-lived assets is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. In order to estimate the fair value of long-lived assets, we typically make various assumptions about the future prospects for the business that the asset relates to, consider market factors specific to that business and estimate future cash flows to be generated by that business. Based on these assumptions and estimates, we determine whether we need to recognize an impairment charge to reduce the value of the asset stated on our balance sheet to reflect its estimated fair value. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives are complex and often subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as the real estate market, industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy and our internal forecasts. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, changes in assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results.

Investments

        We account for our investments in debt and equity securities under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and FASB Staff Position, or FSP, SFAS No. 115-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. Management determines the appropriate classification of such securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such classification as of each balance sheet date. We follow the guidance provided by EITF No. 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments, to assess whether the investments with unrealized loss positions are other-than-temporarily impaired. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in the statements of operations.

        We also have made strategic investments in publicly traded and privately held companies for the promotion of business and strategic objectives. Our investments in publicly traded equity securities are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale investments are initially recorded at cost and periodically adjusted to fair value through comprehensive income. The investments in equity securities of non-publicly traded companies in which we hold less than 20% voting interest and on which we do not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method. Under the cost method, these investments are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. We recognize an impairment charge when the decline in the fair value of our publicly traded equity securities and our cost-method investments below their cost basis are judged to be other-than-temporary. Significant judgment is used to identify events or circumstances that would likely have a significant adverse effect on the future use of the investment. We consider various factors in determining whether an impairment is other-than-temporary, including the severity and duration of the impairment, forecasted recovery, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, and our ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        See Note 2 of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on results of operations and financial condition, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7A—QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes, changes in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in the stock market.

91

---

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk:

        Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio. The fair value of our investment portfolio would not be significantly affected by either a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short term nature of most of our investment portfolio. However, our interest income can be sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S and China interest rates since the majority of our funds are invested in instruments with maturities of less than one year. In a declining interest rate environment, as short term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less favorable market rates. Given the short term nature of certain investments, anticipated declining interest rates will negatively impact our investment income.

        We maintain an investment portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities. We do not use derivative financial instruments. We place our cash investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy guidelines. Our policy is to limit the risk of principal loss and to ensure the safety of invested funds by generally attempting to limit market risk. Funds in excess of current operating requirements are mostly invested in money market funds which are rated AAA. Our cash and cash equivalents are not subject to significant interest rate risk due to the short maturities of these instruments. As of December 31, 2008 the carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents approximated fair value.

        The table below represents carrying amounts and related weighted-average interest rates of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2008 and 2007:

Equity Investment Risk:

        Our investment portfolio includes equity investments in publicly traded companies, the values of which are subject to market price volatility. Economic events could adversely affect the public equities market and general economic conditions may continue to worsen. Should the fair value of our publicly traded equity investments decline below their cost basis in a manner deemed to be other-than-temporary, our earnings may be adversely affected. We have also invested in several privately-held companies as well as investment funds which invest primarily in privately held companies, many of which can still be considered in the start-up or development stages. These investments are inherently risky, as the market for the technologies or products they have under development is typically in the early stages and may never materialize.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk:

        As a multinational company, we conduct our business in a wide variety of currencies and are therefore subject to market risk for changes in foreign exchange rates. We expect to continue to expand

92

---

Table of Contents

our business globally and, as such, expect that an increasing proportion of our business may be denominated in currencies other than U.S. Dollars. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currencies may have a material impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Historically, the majority of our foreign-currency denominated sales have been made in China, denominated in Renminbi. Additionally, during 2006, 2007 and through 2008, we made significant sales in Japanese Yen, Euros, Indian Rupees and Canadian Dollars. Due to China's currency exchange control regulations, we are limited in our ability to convert and repatriate Renminbi, as well as in our ability to engage in foreign currency hedging activities in China. The balance of our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments held in China was $200.8 million at December 31, 2008. Since China un-pegged the Renminbi from the U.S. Dollar in July 2005 through December 31, 2008, the Renminbi has strengthened by more than 15% versus the U.S. Dollar. However, it is uncertain what further adjustments may be made in the future.

        We may manage foreign currency exposures using forward and option contracts to hedge and thus minimize exposure to the risk of the eventual net cash inflows and outflows resulting from foreign currency denominated transactions with customers, suppliers, and non-U.S. subsidiaries; however, we are not currently hedging any such transactions. As our foreign currency balances are not currently hedged, any significant revaluation of our foreign currency exposures may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition. We do not enter into foreign exchange forward or option contracts for trading purposes.

        Given our exposure to international markets, we regularly monitor all of our material foreign currency exposures. We use sensitivity analysis to measure our foreign currency risk by computing the potential decrease in cash flows that may result from adverse or beneficial changes in foreign exchange rates, relative to the functional currency with all other variables held constant. The analysis covers all of our underlying exposures for foreign currency denominated financial instruments. The foreign currency exchange rates used were based on market rates in effect at December 31, 2008. The sensitivity analysis indicated that a hypothetical 10% adverse or beneficial movement in exchange rates would have resulted in a loss or gain in the fair values of our foreign currency denominated financial instruments of $20.1 million at December 31, 2008.

93

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 8—FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

        All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

94

---

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
UTStarcom, Inc.:

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company did not maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") because material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting related to 1) the lack of complete and accurate matching of cost of sales upon the recognition of revenue and estimating and recording the reserves for losses on customer contracts, and 2) the lack of effective controls over the appropriate and timely analysis and monitoring of the underlying information related to period end financial reporting process and preparation of consolidated financial statements, existed as of that date. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses referred to above are described in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. We considered these material weaknesses in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2008 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements. The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedules, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in management's report referred to above. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedules, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

95

---

Table of Contents

        As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2007.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
March 2, 2009

96

---

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

97

---

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

98

---

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

99

---

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASHFLOWS

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

100

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND LIQUIDITY

        UTStarcom Inc. ("Company"), a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1991 with headquarters in Alameda, California, designs, manufactures and sells telecommunications infrastructure and customer premises equipment and wireless telephone handsets to telecommunications service providers or operators throughout the world. It also provides telecommunications infrastructure installation, operations and maintenance services. The Company enables its customers to rapidly deploy revenue-generating access services using their existing infrastructure, while providing a migration path to cost-efficient end-to-end IP networks.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. The minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries is shown separately in the consolidated financial statements. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to current period presentation. Such reclassifications have no effect on net income as previously reported.

        The accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and consolidated statements of operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented on the basis that the Company is a going concern. The going concern assumption contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

        The Company has incurred net losses of $150.3 million, $195.6 million and $117.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company has recorded operating losses in 15 of the 16 consecutive quarters in the period ended December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008 the Company had an accumulated deficit of $841.5 million. The Company incurred net cash outflows from operations of $55.2 million and $225.1 million in 2008 and 2007 respectively. Management expects the Company to continue to incur losses and negative cash flows from operations over at least the next four quarters.

        At December 31, 2008 the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $309.6 million, of which $200.8 million was held by subsidiaries in China. The amount of cash available for transfer from the China subsidiaries for use by the Company's non-China subsidiaries is limited both by the liquidity needs of the subsidiaries in China and by Chinese -government mandated limitations including currency exchange controls on transfers of funds outside of China.

        The Company's only committed sources for borrowings are its credit facilities in China. Each borrowing under these facilities is subject to the banks' then current favorable opinion of the credit worthiness of the Company's China subsidiaries, the banks having funds available for lending, and other Chinese banking regulations and practices. As a result, management cannot be certain that borrowings under these facilities will be adequate, if available at all, to meet the Company's liquidity requirements. In addition, these credit facilities expire in August 2009. Upon expiration of these facilities, management is not certain that new credit facilities will be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if these facilities are renewed upon expiration, based on the Company's recent financial performance, the total available credit may be reduced. Accordingly, management is not certain that borrowings under the Company's credit facilities in China will be adequate to meet the Company's financing requirements.

101

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        In 2008, the Company took a number of actions to improve its liquidity. In March 2008 the Company paid $289.5 million to retire the Company's convertible subordinated notes and related accrued interest. On July 1, 2008 the Company completed the sale of PCD for proceeds of $219.1 million, see Note 3. In addition, the Company divested its Mobile Solutions Business Unit in July 2008. In the fourth quarter of 2008, management initiated actions to disband its Customs Solutions Business Unit and to wind down the Company's Korea based handset operations. As a result of these actions and other restructuring initiatives undertaken by the management, the Company's year-to-year quarterly selling, general and administrative and research and development operating expenses have been reduced by 35-40%. In December 2008, management announced further initiatives including efforts to eliminate functional duplications by consolidation of a number of functions into the Company's China operations. Management believes that these initiatives, if executed successfully, will help achieve significant operating expense reductions by the fourth quarter of 2009 and enable the Company's fixed cost base to be better aligned with operations, market demand and projected sales levels, which management expects will increase significantly in the latter half of 2009 as compared to the first two quarters of 2009. Uncertainties about sales levels that may be achieved in 2009 are heightened by recent market turmoil and the global economic downturn. If the level of sales anticipated by the Company's financial plan does not materialize, the Company will need to take further actions to reduce costs and expenses or explore other cost reduction options.

        Management believes that if the Company is able to achieve projected sales levels in 2009 and contain expenses and cash used in operations to levels contemplated in the Company's 2009 financial plan, both the Company's China and non-China operations will have sufficient liquidity to finance working capital and capital expenditure needs during the next 12 months. If the Company is not able to execute its 2009 financial plan successfully, the Company may need to obtain funds from equity or debt financings. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if required, will be available on terms satisfactory to the Company or at all, and if funds are raised in the future through issuance of preferred stock or debt, these securities could have rights, privileges or preference senior to those of the Company's common stock and newly issued debt could contain debt covenants that impose restrictions on the Company's operations. Further, any sale of newly issued debt or equity securities could result in additional dilution to the Company's current shareholders.

        Recently, global economies have experienced a significant downturn driven by a financial and credit crisis that will continue to challenge such economies for some period of time. Under the current macroeconomic environment there are significant risks and uncertainties inherent in management's ability to forecast future results. The operating environment confronting the Company, both internally and externally, raises significant uncertainties. While improvements in the Company's operating results, cash flows and liquidity are anticipated as the Company's 2009 financial plan and management's initiatives to control and reduce costs while maintaining and growing the Company's revenue base are fully implemented, the Company's recurring losses and expected negative cash flows from operations raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities or any other adjustments that may be necessary if the entity is unable to continue as a going concern.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates:

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets

102

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are used for revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns, tax valuation allowances, reserves for inventory, deferred costs, accrued product warranty costs, provisions for contract losses, recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets, other long-lived asset impairments, stock-based compensation expense, loss contingencies and restructuring expenses among others. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less. Approximately 24% of cash and cash equivalents is held in the U.S. as of December 31, 2008. The remainder is held by the other UTStarcom entities throughout the world. At December 31, 2008, $200.8 million of the Company's cash and cash equivalents were held by its subsidiaries in China and China imposes currency exchange controls on transfers of funds outside of China. Cash and cash equivalents are invested in institutional money market funds, short-term bank deposits and similar short duration instruments with fixed maturities from overnight to three months.

Net restricted assets in China:

        Pursuant to applicable regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In calculating accumulated profits, foreign investment enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds unless these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises. As a result of these and other restrictions under China's laws and regulations, the Company's China subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the U.S. parent in the form of dividends, loans or advances; this restricted portion amounted to approximately $186.1 million, or 40% of the Company's total consolidated net assets, as of December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008, the Company had sufficient non-cash assets available to meet the above reserved net assets in China restriction; such that none of the Company's cash balances are legally restricted from transfer.

Investments:

        The Company accounts for its investments in debt and equity securities under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 ("SFAS No. 115"), Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and FASB Staff Position, or FSP, SFAS No. 115-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. Management determines the appropriate classification of such securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such classification as of each balance sheet date. The Company follows the guidance provided by Emerging Issues Task Force Issue ("EITF") No. 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments, to assess whether the investments with unrealized loss positions are other than temporarily impaired. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in the statements of operations.

        The Company also has made strategic investments in publicly traded and privately held companies for the promotion of business and strategic objectives. The Company's investments in publicly traded equity securities are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale investments are initially recorded at cost and periodically adjusted to fair value through comprehensive income. The investments in equity securities of non-publicly traded companies in which the Company holds less than 20% voting interest

103

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

and on which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method. Under the cost method, these investments are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Both types of investments are carried at fair value or cost, as appropriate. The Company periodically reviews these investments for other-than-temporary declines in fair value based on the specific identification method and writes down investments to their fair values when an other-than-temporary decline has occurred.

Revenue Recognition:

        Revenues from sales of telecommunications equipment and handsets are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. If the payment due from the customer is not fixed or determinable due to extended payment terms, revenue is recognized as payments become due and payable by the customer, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition are met. Any payments received prior to revenue recognition are recorded as customer advances. Normal payment terms differ for various reasons amongst different customer regions, depending upon common business practices for customers within a region. Billing to customers for shipping and handling are recorded as revenues and the associated costs are recorded as costs of revenues. Any expected losses on contracts are recognized when identified on an individual basis in accordance with the prevailing accounting guidance for the respective contract.

        Sales may be generated from complex contractual arrangements that require significant revenue recognition judgments, particularly in the area of contracts with multiple deliverable elements (multiple element arrangements). Where multiple elements exist in an arrangement, the contract price is allocated to the different elements based upon and in proportion to verifiable objective evidence of the fair value of the various elements, as governed under EITF No. 00-21, "Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables," and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, "Revenue Recognition." Multiple element arrangements primarily involve the sale of equipment, installation, training and post-contract support. Revenue is recognized as each element is earned, namely upon installation and acceptance of equipment or delivery of handsets, provided that the fair value of the undelivered element(s) has been determined, the delivered element(s) has stand-alone value, there is no right of return on delivered element(s), and the Company is in control of the undelivered element(s). For arrangements that include service elements, including promotional support and installation, for which verifiable objective evidence of the fair value does not exist, revenue is deferred until such services are deemed complete, or until the time the Company can establish verifiable objective evidence of the fair value.

        Final acceptance is required for revenue recognition when installation services are not considered perfunctory. Final acceptance indicates that the customer has fully accepted delivery and installation, if any, of equipment and the Company is entitled to full payment. The Company does not recognize revenue before final acceptance is granted by the customer if acceptance is considered substantive to the transaction.

        Where multiple elements exist in an arrangement that includes software, and the software is considered more than incidental to the equipment or services in the arrangement, software and software related elements are recognized under the provisions of Statement of Position ("SOP") No. 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition," as amended, and EITF No. 03-05, "Applicability of Statement of Position No. 97-2 to Non-software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software." The Company allocates revenues to each element of software arrangements based on vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of fair value. VSOE of fair value of each element is based on the price charged when the same element is sold separately. The Company uses the residual method to recognize revenue when an arrangement includes one or more elements to

104

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

be delivered at a future date and VSOE of the fair value of all the undelivered elements exists. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the contract price is recognized as revenue when all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue for delivered and undelivered elements is deferred until delivery of all elements occurs or when VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements can be established. In some cases the Company has agreed to give software upgrade rights on a "when and if made available" basis for equipment sold for no additional consideration and for an unspecified period which could extend over the term of the contract. This additional contract obligation is an element of "post-contract support." The Company has not established VSOE for such contract element. Accordingly, the revenues from such contracts are recognized ratably over the period during which the post-contract support is expected to be provided. The expected period of support is generally the term of the contract. In some cases where there is no stated contractual term, revenue is recognized ratably over the estimated period of support. The Company reviews assumptions regarding the estimated post contract support periods on a regular basis. If the Company determines that it is necessary to revise the Company's estimates of the support periods, the amount of revenue recognized over the life of the contract would not be affected. However, to the extent the new assumptions regarding the post-contract support periods were different from the original assumptions, the contract revenues would be recognized over the remaining expected period of support.

        Revenue from fixed priced contracts that include a requirement for significant software modification or customization is recognized in accordance with SOP No. 81-1, "Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts". In such instances, the Company accounts for such contracts using the completed contract method of accounting, whereby no revenue is recognized prior to the completion of the project, because for contracts involving unique requirements the Company is unable to make reasonably dependable estimates of its progress towards meeting contractual requirements. In the event estimated total project costs exceed estimated total project revenues, the entire estimated loss is charged to operations in the period in which the loss becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. The complexity of the estimation process and judgments about internal and external factors including labor utilization, changes to specifications and testing requirements, time required for performance and resulting incurrence of contract penalties, and the performance of subcontractors affect the estimation process. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded approximately $18.4 million, $6.2 million and $32.1 million contract loss on a fixed price contract, respectively. Contract loss recorded during 2008 includes $3.4 million relating to costs that should have been recorded in prior periods. The impact of recording these prior-period costs on the prior and current periods is not material.

        The Company recognizes revenue for system integration, installation and training upon completion of performance and if all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Other service revenue, principally related to maintenance and support contracts, is recognized ratably over the maintenance term. Revenues from services were less than 10% of revenues for all periods presented.

        The Company also sells products through resellers. Revenue is generally recognized when the standard price protection period, which ranges from 30 to 90 days, has lapsed. If collectability cannot be reasonably assured in a reseller arrangement, revenue is recognized upon sell-through to the end customer and receipt of cash. There may be additional obligations in reseller arrangements such as inventory rotation, or stock exchange rights on the product. As such, revenue is recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 48, "Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists." In most cases, the Company has developed reasonable estimates for stock exchanges based on historical experience with similar types of sales of similar products.

105

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The Company has sales agreements with certain wireless customers that provide for a rebate of the selling price to such customers if the particular product is subsequently sold at a lower price to such customers or to a different customer. The rebate period extends for a relatively short period of time. Historically, the amounts of such rebates paid to customers have not been material. The Company estimates the amount of the rebate based upon the terms of each individual arrangement, historical experience and future expectations of price reductions and then records its estimate of the rebate amount at the time of the sale. The Company also enters into sales incentive programs, such as co-marketing arrangements, with certain wireless and handset customers. The Company records the incurred incentive as a reduction of revenue when the sales revenue is recognized.

        The assessment of collectability is also a factor in determining whether revenue should be recognized. The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including payment history and the credit worthiness of the customer. The Company does not request collateral from its customers. In international sales, the Company may require letters of credit from its customers that can be drawn on demand if the customer defaults on its payment. If the Company determines that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, the Company defers revenue recognition until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

        Occasionally, the Company enters into revenue sharing arrangements. Under these arrangements, the Company collects payment only after its customer, the telecommunications service provider, collects service revenues. When the Company enters into a revenue sharing arrangement, the Company does not recognize revenue until collection is reasonably assured.

        Because of the nature of doing business in China and other emerging markets, the Company's billings and/or customer payments may not correlate with the contractual payment terms and the Company generally does not enforce contractual payment terms prior to final acceptance. Accordingly, accounts receivable are not recorded until the Company recognizes the related customer revenue. Advances from customers are recognized when the Company has collected cash from the customer, prior to recognizing revenue. Deferred revenue is recorded if there are undelivered elements after final acceptance has been obtained. The Company had current deferred revenue of $117.6 million and $100.5 million, and long-term deferred revenue of $210.1 million and $236.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Costs related to deferred revenue are also deferred until revenue is recognized. See "Deferred Costs" below.

Product Warranty:

        The Company provides a warranty on its equipment and handset sales for a period generally ranging from one to two years from the time of final acceptance. Very rarely, the Company has entered into arrangements to provide limited warranty services for periods longer than two years. The Company provides for the expected cost of product warranties at the time that revenue is recognized based on an assessment of past warranty experience and when specific circumstances dictate. From time to time, the Company may be subject to additional costs related to non-standard warranty claims from its customers. If and when this occurs, the Company estimates additional accruals based on historical experience, communication with its customers and various assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Such additional warranty accruals are recorded in the period in which the additional costs are identified.

Receivables:

        Although the Company evaluates customer credit worthiness prior to a sale, the Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated loss on trade and notes receivable when collection

106

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

may no longer be reasonably assured. The Company assesses collectability of receivables based on a number of factors including analysis of creditworthiness, the Company's historical collection history and current economic conditions, its ability to collect payment and on the length of time an individual receivable balance is outstanding. The Company's policy for determining the allowance for doubtful accounts includes both specific allowances for balances known to be uncollectible and a formula-based portfolio approach, based on aging of the accounts receivable, as a precursor to a management review of the overall allowance for doubtful accounts. This formula-based approach involves aging of the Company's accounts receivable and applying a percentage based on the Company's historical experience; this approach results in the allowance being computed based on the aging of the receivables. The Company evaluates the percentages applied to each category of aged accounts receivable periodically based on actual history of write-offs and collections and refines this formula-based approach accordingly for use in future periods.

        The Company has certain accounts receivable in China that have been outstanding for a significant period of time. The Company provides allowances for these receivables based on the criteria discussed above. While the Company believes it has sufficient experience and knowledge of the China market and customer payment patterns to reasonably estimate such allowances, actual payment patterns and customer behavior could differ from its expectations. The Company uses actual collection experience to periodically adjust the percentages used in applying the formula-based portfolio approach as discussed above.

Inventories:

        Inventories consist of product held at the Company's manufacturing facility and warehouses, as well as finished goods at customer sites for which the customer has taken possession, but based on specific contractual terms, title has not yet passed to the customer. The Company may ship inventory to existing customers that require additional equipment to expand their existing networks prior to the signing of an expansion contract. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value, based on the FIFO method of accounting, except for PCD which utilized the weighted average method of accounting that approximates FIFO, net of write-downs for excess, slow moving and obsolete inventory. Write-downs are based on the assumptions about future market conditions and customer demand, including projected changes in average selling prices resulting from competitive pricing pressures. The Company continually monitors inventory valuation for potential losses and obsolete inventory at its manufacturing facilities as well as at customer sites. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. If actual market conditions are more favorable than anticipated, inventory previously written down may be sold to customers, resulting in lower cost of sales and higher income from operations than expected in that period.

Deferred costs:

        Deferred costs consist of product shipped to the customer for which the rights and obligations of ownership have passed to the customer but revenue has not yet been recognized. All deferred costs are stated at cost. Management periodically assesses the recoverability of deferred costs and provides reserves against deferred cost balances when recovery of deferred costs is not probable. Recoverability is evaluated based on various factors including the length of time the product has been held at the customer site, the viability of payment, including assessment of product demand if a revenue sharing arrangement exists and/or the evaluation if a related transaction will result in a gross margin loss. In a loss situation for a transaction, the deferred cost balance is adjusted for impairment equal to the value of the excess of cost over the amount of revenue that will be eventually recognized for the transaction. Revenue and cost of sales are recorded when final acceptance is received from the customer. With

107

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

greater concentration of product at customer sites under contract with specific or individual customers, the financial conditions of such specific or individual customers may result in increased concentration risk exposure for the Company's inventory.

        For any post contract support services where the revenue is deferred, the entire related deferred direct costs are classified as a noncurrent asset, consistent with the definition of a current asset per Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43, "Working Capital: Current Assets and Current Liabilities."

Research and Development and Capitalized Software Development Costs:

        Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. The Company capitalizes software development costs incurred in the development of software that will ultimately be sold, between the time technological feasibility has been attained and the related product is ready for general release. Management judgment is required in assessing technological feasibility, expected future revenues, estimated product lives and changes in product technologies, and the ultimate recoverability of the Company's capitalized software development costs.

        During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company capitalized $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $1.0 million of software development costs, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software development costs was $0.6 million, $1.0 million, and $2.1 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Unamortized capitalized software development costs at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $0.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively. Direct costs of software developed for internal use are expensed during the preliminary project stage and capitalized during the application development stage.

Property, Plant and Equipment:

        Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and are stated net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided for on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Land use rights related to property leased by the Company in China are amortized over the life of the lease. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the improvements or the term of the lease. When assets are disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gains or losses are included in results of operations. The Company capitalizes interest incurred related to construction of property, plant or equipment until it is ready for use. No capitalized interest was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Capitalized interest primarily arose from construction of the Company's manufacturing, research and development, and administrative offices facility in Hangzhou, China and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the building.

        The Company generally depreciates its assets over the following periods:

        Depreciation expense was $30.4 million, $39.2 million and $45.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

108

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        As discussed in Note 8, impairment reviews resulted in write downs to the carrying values of certain equipment and furniture, software, automobiles and leasehold improvements of approximately $22.3 million and $1.1 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        Construction in progress at December 31, 2007 included $11.9 million of project costs resulting from upgrading the Company's ERP system during 2007. This computer software, which was capitalized in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1,"Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use," became operational in early 2008. The remaining carrying value of the ERP system was written off during the fourth quarter of 2008, see Note 8.

Goodwill:

        The Company reviews goodwill for impairment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 ("SFAS 142") on an annual basis and between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Based upon its 2007 goodwill impairment assessment, the Company recorded goodwill impairment charges of $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2007 and, as a result, the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 contain no goodwill balances, see Note 8.

Long-Lived Assets Including Finite-Lived Purchased Intangible Assets:

        The Company amortizes purchased intangible assets with finite lives over the estimated economic lives of the assets. Purchased intangible assets are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization.

        Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, an impairment loss is recognized based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. Long-lived assets that are to be disposed of by sale are measured at the lower of book value or fair value less cost to sell.

        As a result of amortization, asset sales, and impairment charges of approximately $4.9 million and $15.7 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, the Company's consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 contained no balances for finite-lived purchased intangible assets, see Note 8.

Advertising Costs:

        The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Payment to customers for marketing development costs are accounted for as a reduction of the revenue associated with customers as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, advertising costs totaled $4.3 million, $7.4 million and $8.1 million, respectively.

Restructuring Liabilities, Litigation and Other Contingencies:

        The Company accounts for its restructuring plans under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" ("SFAS 146") and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits" ("SFAS 112"). The Company accounts for litigation and contingencies in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies" ("SFAS 5"). SFAS 5 requires that the Company record an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of the Company's financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

109

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Stock-Based Compensation:

        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" ("SFAS 123(R)") requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate that fair value of share based payment awards using an option-pricing model. The value of awards that are ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations for all years presented include compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", and compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).

        The Company elected the alternative transition method provided in FASB Staff Position No. FAS 123(R)-3, "Transition Election Related to Accounting for Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards" for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation pursuant to SFAS 123(R). The alternative transition method includes simplified methods for establishing the beginning balance of the additional paid-in-capital pool ("APIC pool") related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS 123(R). The Company accounts for utilization of windfall tax benefits based on tax law ordering and considered only the direct effects of stock-based compensation for purposes of measuring the windfall at settlement of an award. See Note 12 for a further discussion on stock-based compensation.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:

        Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. Other comprehensive income or loss for 2008, 2007 and 2006 is shown in the consolidated statement of stockholders' equity. As of December 31 of each of the years indicated below, the components of accumulated other comprehensive income reported in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows:

Income Taxes:

        The Company is subject to income taxes in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company's tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. In July 2006 the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for

110

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109" ("FIN 48") which requires income tax positions to meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold to be recognized in the financial statements. Under FIN 48, tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as part of the provision for income taxes. The Company adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. Prior to 2007, the Company established reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes and interest will be due.

        The Company recognizes deferred income taxes as the difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial statement amounts based on enacted tax rates. Management judgment is required in the assessment of the recoverability of the Company's deferred tax assets based on its assessment of projected taxable income. Numerous factors could affect the Company's results of operations in the future. If there was a significant decline in the Company's future operating results, its assessment of the recoverability of its deferred tax assets would need to be revised, and any such adjustment to its deferred tax assets would be charged to income in that period. If necessary, the Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount management believes is more likely than not to be realized.

        In 2006, due to developments in its business and the repatriations of cash via dividends and settlements of intercompany accounts as described in Note 1 above, the Company made a determination that earnings from certain subsidiaries were not permanently reinvested outside the United States. The Company provides U.S. taxes on foreign undistributed earnings that are not considered to be permanently reinvested outside the United States.

Financial Instruments and Derivatives:

        Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, short and long-term investments, notes receivable, accounts receivable and payable, convertible subordinated debt, purchased and written call options and accrued liabilities. The Company adopted SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS 157") in the first quarter of 2008, which did not have a material impact on the financial statements of the Company. The new disclosures required by SFAS 157 are included in Note 4. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable, notes receivable, and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments. Short term investments are marked to market which approximate their fair value because of the short-term nature of the investments.

        The Company may use derivative financial instruments to manage its exposures to foreign currency exchange rate changes. The objectives for holding derivatives include reducing, eliminating, and efficiently managing the economic impact of these exposures as effectively as possible. Derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. The Company measures those instruments at fair value and recognizes changes in the fair value of derivatives in earnings in the period of change unless the derivative qualifies as an effective hedge that offsets certain exposures. Such contracts are designated at inception to the related foreign currency exposures being hedged. The Company has not hedged any such transactions in 2008 and 2007.

111

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the Company's carrying values and the fair values of its other financial instruments:

        The Company determines the fair value of its convertible debt and related convertible bond hedge and written call option using estimates of fair values at the balance sheet date provided by a major securities firm. The fair value of long-term investments is determined based on quoted market prices or available information about investees. Because of the short-term nature of the Company's bank loans, the Company believes carrying value approximates fair value.

Foreign Currency Translation:

        The Company's operations are conducted through international subsidiaries where the local currency is the functional currency and the financial statements of those subsidiaries are translated from their respective functional currencies into U.S. dollars. All foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated at the period-end exchange rate and all revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The effects of translating the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars are reported as a cumulative translation adjustment, a separate component of comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. The foreign currency translation gain/loss for transactions denominated in other than the functional currency is included in other income, net on the Company's consolidated statements of operations. In connection with this remeasurement process the Company recorded a loss of $9.9 million in 2008, and a gain of $4.6 million and $7.6 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Earnings Per Share:

        Basic earnings per share ("EPS") is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of the Company's common stock outstanding during the period, which excludes nonvested restricted stock. Diluted EPS presents the amount of net income (loss) available to each share of common stock outstanding during the period plus each share of common stock that would have been outstanding assuming the Company had issued shares of common stock for all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. The Company's potentially dilutive common shares include convertible subordinated notes prior to their maturity, outstanding stock options, nonvested restricted stock, restricted stock units and Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") shares. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, no potential common shares were dilutive because of the net loss in each of these years, therefore basic and dilutive EPS are the same. The following table summarizes the total potential shares of common stock that

112

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

were excluded from the diluted per share calculation, because to include them would have been anti-dilutive for the period.

Variable Interest Entities:

        The Financial Accounting Standards Board, ("FASB") issued FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), ("FIN 46(R)"). FIN 46(R) requires that if an entity is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, ("VIE"), the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the VIE should be included in the consolidated financial statements of the entity. The Company evaluates its investments periodically or when "triggering" events occur for the application of FIN 46(R).

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

        In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 141 (revised), "Business Combinations" ("SFAS 141(R)"). The standard changes the accounting for business combinations including the measurement of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a business combination, the recognition of contingent consideration, the accounting for preacquisition gain and loss contingencies, the recognition of capitalized in-process research and development, the accounting for acquisition-related restructuring cost accruals, the treatment of acquisition related transaction costs and the recognition of changes in the acquirer's income tax valuation allowance. SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company will assess the impact of SFAS 141(R) if and when a future acquisition occurs.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 160, "Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51" ("SFAS 160"). The standard changes the accounting for non-controlling (minority) interests in consolidated financial statements including the requirements to classify non-controlling interests as a component of consolidated stockholders' equity, and the elimination of "minority interest" accounting in results of operations with earnings attributable to non-controlling interests reported as part of consolidated earnings. Additionally, SFAS 160 revises the accounting for both increases and decreases in a parent's controlling ownership interest. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, with early adoption prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of SFAS 160 on its consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement No. 161, "Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 161"), which amends and expands the disclosure requirements of FASB Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133"), with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and its related interpretations; and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance and

113

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

cash flows. SFAS 161 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of and gains and losses on derivative instruments and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments. This statement applies to all entities and all derivative instruments. SFAS 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. Since SFAS 161 only provides for additional disclosure requirements, there will be no impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

        In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position ("FSP") No. 142-3, "Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets." FSP 142-3 amends the factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible assets under FASB Statement No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." This new guidance applies prospectively to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets in business combinations and asset acquisitions. FSP 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company will assess the impact of FSP 142-3 if and when it acquires intangible assets in the future.

        In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1, "Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments that May be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion ("APB 14-1"). APB 14-1 requires that the liability and equity components of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial cash settlement) be separately accounted for in a manner that reflects an issuer's nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. The resulting debt discount is amortized over the period the convertible debt is expected to be outstanding as additional non-cash interest expense. APB 14-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Retrospective application to all periods presented is required except for instruments that were not outstanding during any of the periods that will be presented in the annual financial statements for the period of adoption but were outstanding during an earlier period. Since the Company currently does not have any debt securities, the Company does not anticipate the adoption of APB 14-1 to have any impact on its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF No. 08-6, "Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations" ("EITF 08-6"). EITF 08-6 clarifies that the initial carrying value of an equity method investment should be determined in accordance with SFAS No. 141(R). Other-than-temporary impairment of an equity method investment should be recognized in accordance with FSP No. APB 18-1, "Accounting by an Investor for Its Proportionate Share of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income of an Investee Accounted for under the Equity Method in Accordance with APB Opinion No. 18 upon a Loss of Significant Influence." EITF 08-6 is effective on a prospective basis in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009. The Company is assessing the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 08-6 on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

        In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF 08-7, "Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets" ("EITF 08-7"). EITF 08-7 applies to defensive assets which are acquired intangible assets which the acquirer does not intend to actively use, but intends to hold to prevent its competitors from obtaining access to the asset. EITF 08-7 clarifies that defensive intangible assets are separately identifiable and should be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS No. 157"). EITF 08-7 is effective for intangible assets acquired in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and will be adopted by the

114

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009. The Company is assessing the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 08-7 on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

        In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 08-8, "Accounting for an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) with a Settlement Amount That Is Based on the Stock of an Entity's Consolidated Subsidiary" ("EITF 08-8"). EITF 08-8 clarifies whether a financial instrument for which the payoff to the counterparty is based, in whole or in part, on the stock of an entity's consolidated subsidiary is indexed to the reporting entity's own stock and therefore should not be precluded from qualifying for the first part of the scope exception in paragraph 11 (a) of SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" or from being within the scope of EITF No. 00-19, "Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and, Potentially Settled in, a Company's Own Stock." EITF 08-8 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of EITF 08-8 on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company adopted the following accounting standards:

        In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS 157"). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions of this standard apply to current accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. Upon adoption, the provisions of SFAS 157 are to be applied prospectively with limited exceptions. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the measurement and disclosure requirements of SFAS 157 as it relates to financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS 157-3, "Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active" ("FSP 157-3"), which clarified the application of FAS 157. FSP 157-3 provides guidance on how the fair value of a financial asset is determined when the market for that financial asset is inactive. FSP 157-3 was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements had not been issued. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 for these financial assets and financial liabilities did not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations. The new disclosures required by SFAS 157 are included in Note 4.

        In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, "Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157" ("FSP 157-2"), which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities except those recorded or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis. Therefore, the Company has delayed application of SFAS 157 to those non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities until January 1, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 157 on those non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities on the Company's financial position and results of operations. While the Company does not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements in subsequent reporting periods, the Company continues to monitor any additional implementation guidance that is issued that addresses the fair value measurements for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities not disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on at least an annual basis.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities" ("SFAS 159"). This statement permits, but does not require, companies to report at fair value the majority of recognized financial assets, financial liabilities and firm commitments. Under this standard, unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option is elected are reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The

115

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Company adopted SFAS 159 during the first quarter of 2008. The Company has chosen not to elect the fair value option for any items that are not already required to be measured at fair value in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. As a result, the adoption of SFAS 159 did not have an impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

NOTE 3—DIVESTITURES

2008

        Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company launched a number of initiatives, including potential divestitures of non-core assets, to focus on its core growth technologies, including IPTV, IP-based softswitch and broadband devices. During the third quarter of 2008, the Company completed its divestitures of UTStarcom Personal Communications LLC and Mobile Solutions Business Unit.

UTStarcom Personal Communications LLC (PCD)

        On July 1, 2008, the Company completed the sale of UTStarcom Personal Communications LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("PCD"), to Personal Communications Devices, LLC ("PCD LLC"), an entity controlled by AIG Global Investment Group and certain other investors. The total sale consideration to the Company was based primarily on the working capital of PCD as of the closing of the transaction, subject to certain adjustments. Upon final settlement of the working capital adjustments in the fourth quarter of 2008, the total sale consideration to the Company was $237.7 million. During 2008, the Company recorded net cash proceeds of $219.1 million from the sale of PCD, which was represented by the total sale consideration of $237.7 million, less $8.6 million of transaction costs and $10.0 million held in escrow. At December 31, 2008, the Company recorded an additional $1.3 million of transaction costs which had been incurred but not yet paid. The $10.0 million held in escrow is to be held for a period of one year to secure indemnification claims made by the purchaser, if any, and is included in prepaids and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008. The Company also invested $1.6 million in equity securities representing approximately a 2.5% interest in PCD LLC. Pursuant to the terms of the divestiture agreement, the Company may be entitled to receive up to an additional $50 million earnout payment in 2011 based on the achievement of cumulative earnings levels of PCD LLC through December 31, 2010. Previously, PCD was a reportable segment of the Company.

        The Company recorded a $3.8 million gain on sale of PCD net assets during 2008. The following table summarizes the components of the gain on sale (in thousands):

116

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Concurrent with the closing of the transaction, the Company entered into a three-year supply agreement with PCD LLC whereby the Company indicated its intent to supply handset products to PCD LLC. Due to the expected ongoing direct cash flows pursuant to the supply agreement, the sale of the PCD assets did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation under SFAS 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" ("SFAS 144").

Mobile Solutions Business Unit (MSBU)

        On July 31, 2008 the Company completed the divestiture of its Mobile Solutions Business Unit ("MSBU") to a global private equity firm. During the third quarter of 2008, the Company recorded a net gain on divestiture of $3.9 million. This gain resulted from transferring net liabilities of approximately $9.0 million, netted against cash payments made by the Company of approximately $5.1 million, including transaction related costs of $0.3 million. The net liability primarily consisted of deferred revenue and other liabilities totaling $27.8 million offset by deferred costs and other assets of approximately $18.8 million. Previously, MSBU was reported as part of the Company's Other segment. Concurrent with the closing of the transaction, the Company entered into a manufacturing agreement whereby the Company will continue to develop and manufacture wireless IP-based products for sale to the divested entity. Due to the ongoing direct cash flows pursuant to the manufacturing agreement, the sale of the MSBU assets did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation under SFAS 144.

2006

Sale of Assets to Marvell Technology Group Ltd:

        In February 2006, the Company sold substantially all of the assets and selected liabilities of its semiconductor design business division to Marvell Technology Group Ltd. ("Marvell"). The assets sold included the assets related to the prior acquisition of Advanced Communications Devices Corporation in 2001, and other system-on-chip semiconductors. The Company recognized a gain on this sale of assets of $12.3 million during 2006. The gain was determined based upon total net proceeds less the net book value of assets sold of $2.9 million and the value of the supply agreement of $20.2 million. Included in the cash received was $16.0 million earned by the Company as a result of achieving certain defined milestones. The Company received payment of this $16.0 million in October 2006. Upon satisfaction of certain escrow conditions, the Company received an additional $4.3 million in cash in August 2007 which was recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as gain on divestiture in 2007. In connection with the sale of assets, the Company entered into a supply agreement with Marvell to purchase chipsets for the Company's handset products over the next five years. The value allocated to the supply agreement of $20.2 million is included in other current and long-term liabilities, and is being amortized in proportion to the quantities of chipsets purchased under the supply agreement over five years. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, approximately $8.8 million, $1.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively, have been amortized against cost of sales.

NOTE 4—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

        Cash and cash equivalents, consisting primarily of bank deposits and money market funds, are recorded at cost which approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. There were no available-for-sale securities included in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2007. Short-term investments, consisting of bank notes and available-for-sale securities, were $4.3 million and $65.6 million at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

117

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The Company accepts bank notes receivable with maturity dates of between three and six months from its customers in China in the normal course of business. The Company may discount these bank notes with banking institutions in China. A sale of these notes is reflected as a reduction of cash and cash equivalents or short-term investments and the proceeds of the settlement of these notes are included in cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows. The Company sold $30.5 million of bank notes, and recorded costs of $0.4 million as a result of discounting the notes, during 2008. There were no bank notes sold during 2007 and 2006, see Note 6.

        Short-term investments decreased at December 31, 2008 from December 31, 2007 primarily due to sale of investments with a carrying value of $42.4 million at December 31, 2007. The available-for-sale securities investments are recorded at fair value (see below). Any unrealized holding gains or losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of related income tax effects. Realized gains and losses are reported in earnings. At December 31, 2008, the long-term investments included $3.3 million of unrealized holding loss which was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. There was no unrealized holding gain or loss in short-term investments. At December 31, 2007, the long-term and short-term investments included $1.0 million unrealized holding loss and $36.9 million of unrealized holding gain, respectively.

        The following table shows the break-down of the Company's total investments at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 (in thousands):

Gemdale

        Gemdale Co., Ltd ("Gemdale") is a real estate company that invests and develops properties in China, primarily in Shanghai, Beijing, Shenzhen and Wuhan. The investment was classified as equity securities available-for-sale and recorded at fair value. During 2007, the Company sold a portion of the investment for approximately $54.5 million cash and recorded a gain of $53.7 million in other income (expense), net. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company sold its remaining investment for

118

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

approximately $32.9 million cash and recorded a gain of $32.4 million in other income (expense), net. At December 31, 2007, Gemdale was included in short-term investments.

Infinera

        Infinera Corporation ("Infinera") develops optical telecommunications systems using photonic integrated circuits. Infinera became a public company as a result of its initial public offering in June 2007. The investment was classified as an equity security available-for-sale and recorded at fair value. During 2007, the Company recorded a net unrealized gain of $9.9 million, in other comprehensive income, representing the difference between the fair value of the investment on December 31, 2007 and the initial investment amount of $1.9 million. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company sold all of its investment in Infinera for total proceeds of $9.2 million and recognized a gain of $7.3 million in other income (expense), net. At December 31, 2007, Infinera was included in short-term investments.

Global Asia Partners L.P.

        Global Asia Partners L.P. ("GAP") is a venture capital fund formed to make private equity investments in private and pre-IPO technology and telecommunications companies in Asia. Between June 2002 and April 2005, the Company invested a total of $2.6 million in the fund. As of December 31, 2007, the Company owned 49% of the fund's outstanding partnership units and the investment is accounted for under the equity method. Earnings in the equity interest in GAP were $0.1 million and $0.4 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. There were no earnings recognized in the equity interest in GAP for 2006.

        During the third quarter of 2008, the Company's review of this investment included, but was not limited to, a review of GAP's cash position, recent financing activities, financing needs, earnings/revenue outlook, operational performance, management/ownership changes, and competition. Based on this review, the Company determined that the carrying value of the investment exceeded the fair value of the investment, and the decline was other-than-temporary. As a result, during the third quarter of 2008, the Company recorded a $2.2 million write-down in the value of this investment in other income (expense), net.

Cortina Systems / ImmenStar

        In September 2004, the Company invested $2.0 million in Series A preferred stock of ImmenStar, Inc. ("ImmenStar"). ImmenStar was a development stage company that designed a chip that was used in the Company's product. This investment was accounted for under the cost method. In February 2007, ImmenStar was acquired by Cortina Systems, Inc. ("Cortina"). In exchange for the Company's investment in ImmenStar, the Company received 3.6 million shares of Series D Preferred Stock of Cortina at $0.837 per share, $1.8 million cash in March 2007 and received an additional 0.4 million shares of Series D Preferred Stock at $0.837 per share and $0.2 million cash from escrow during 2008. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded a gain on investment of $2.8 million, in other income, net in 2007 and $0.5 million in 2008. The Company owns approximately 1% interest of Cortina at both December 31, 2008 and 2007 and accounts for the investment in Cortina using the cost method.

MRV/Fiberxon

        On July 1, 2007, Fiberxon, an investment in which the Company had a 7% ownership interest, completed a merger with MRV Communications ("MRV"), which is a publicly-traded company in an

119

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

active market. In exchange for the Company's interest in Fiberxon, the Company was entitled to receive $1.5 million in cash, 1,519,365 shares of MRV common stock valued at approximately $4.5 million and deferred consideration of approximately $2.7 million. The deferred consideration becomes payable upon the completion of certain milestones and may be reduced by legitimate claims of MRV for certain matters related to the merger. In the third quarter of 2007, the Company received cash consideration of $1.5 million and 1,519,365 shares of MRV common stock and recognized a gain on investment of $2.9 million.

        During 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded an unrealized loss of $2.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively, in other comprehensive income representing the change in fair value of the investment during 2008 and 2007, respectively. Because the Company has the ability and intent to hold this investment until a recovery of fair value, the Company does not consider this investment to be other-than-temporarily impaired. At December 31, 2008, MRV is the only investment accounted for under SFAS 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" as equity securities available-for-sale and recorded at fair value.

GCT Semiconductor

        In October 2004, the Company invested $3.0 million in GCT Semiconductor, Inc. This investment represents approximately a 2% interest in GCT Semiconductor, Inc., which designs, develops and markets integrated circuit products for the wireless communications industry. This investment is accounted for under the cost method.

Xalted Networks

        In May 2005 and August 2005, the Company invested $2.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively, in Xalted Networks ("Xalted"). In March 2006, the Company invested an additional $0.3 million in Xalted. Xalted is a development stage company providing telecommunication operator customers with a comprehensive set of network systems, software solutions and service offerings. The Company had a 9% and 11% ownership interest at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, on a fully diluted basis, in Xalted and accounts for the investment using the cost method.

FITEL

        First International Telecom Corporation ("FITEL"), which was a publicly-traded company in an active market in Taiwan, is a provider of telecommunications and data transmission services in Taiwan and Hong Kong, providing mobile paging, mobile data and wireless services. The Company invested $0.1 million in July 2003 and $2.0 million in March 2008 in FITEL. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had less than 2% of ownership interest in FITEL. During 2007, FITEL was voluntarily temporarily delisted from the publicly-traded market for raising funds through a private placement for developing its new WiMAX business. Prior to the delisting, the investment was accounted for under SFAS 115. During the third quarter of 2008, FITEL filed a petition for reorganization under Taiwanese law. As a result of the filing, management re-evaluated the carrying value of this investment, including reviewing FITEL's cash position, recent financing activities, financing needs, earnings/revenue outlook, operational performance, management/ownership changes, and competition. Based on this review, the Company recorded a $2.1 million write-down in the value of this investment in other income (expense), net in the third quarter of 2008.

120

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

PCD LLC

        In connection with the divestiture of PCD, the Company invested $1.6 million in shares of common stock representing approximately a 2.5% ownership interest of PCD LLC. The investment is accounted for under the cost method.

Turnstone

        In October 2008, the Company invested $4.8 million into Turnstone Environment Technologies LLC ("TET"), established in fourth quarter of 2008, in exchange for 5,180,788 Series A Preferred units representing approximately 22% of voting interest at December 31, 2008 and 500,000 Series A Preferred warrants at an exercise price of $0.9265 per unit and with an expiration term of 5 years. The Company is not obligated to make further capital contributions. TET's mission is to secure the licensing rights to environmentally friendly, renewable energy technologies for distribution to various emerging markets, with an initial focus on India. TET is considered as a Variable Interest Entity ("VIE"), where the Company is the primary beneficiary and does not hold a majority voting interest. The asset, the liabilities and operating results of the VIE were determined to be immaterial as of December 31, 2008 and, therefore, has not been consolidated. The creditors of the VIE do not have recourse to the Company, thereby limiting the liability risks associated with the Company's variable interests in the VIE, see Note 20.

Fair Value Measurements

        As discussed in Note 2, effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 157 as it relates to financial assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis. Although the adoption of SFAS 157 did not materially impact its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows, the Company is now required to provide additional disclosures as part of its financial statements. In accordance with FSP 157-2, the Company deferred adoption of SFAS 157 as it relates to non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

        FAS No. 157 clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: (Level 1) observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; (Level 2) inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly, or quoted prices in less active markets; and (Level 3) unobservable inputs with respect to which there is little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions. This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. On a recurring basis, the Company measures certain financial assets at fair value, including its marketable securities.

        At December 31, 2008, the Company's money market funds and its investment in MRV are recorded at fair value, classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company has no other financial assets or liabilities that are being measured at fair value at December 31, 2008.

121

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5—RESTRICTED CASH

        At December 31, 2008, the Company had short-term restricted cash of $16.8 million, and had long-term restricted cash of $18.2 million included in other long-term assets. At December 31, 2007, the Company had short-term restricted cash of $6.4 million, and had long-term restricted cash of $20.2 million included in other long-term assets. These amounts primarily collateralize the Company's issuances of standby and commercial letters of credit.

NOTE 6—NOTES RECEIVABLE AND RECEIVABLE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

        The Company accepts bank notes and commercial notes receivable from its customers in China in the normal course of business. The notes are typically non-interest bearing, with maturity dates between three and six months. Bank notes are included in short-term investments. Commercial notes receivable were $11.1 million and $12.6 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company may discount these notes with banking institutions in China. A sale of these notes is reflected as a reduction of notes receivable and the proceeds of the settlement of these notes are included in cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows. Any notes that are sold are not included in the Company's consolidated balance sheets if the criteria for sale treatment established by SFAS No. 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities," has been met. There were no notes receivable sold during 2008 and 2007.

        In August 2005, the Company entered into a Committed Receivables Purchase Agreement ("Agreement") with a financial institution, whereby the Company could sell up to $100.0 million of its eligible accounts receivable, as defined in the Agreement. In March 2008, the Company terminated the Agreement. No receivables were sold pursuant to this arrangement and no premiums or penalties were incurred by the Company in connection with the termination of this Agreement. The Company recorded immaterial commitment fees during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

122

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7—BALANCE SHEET DETAILS

        The following tables provide details of selected balance sheet items (in thousands):

NOTE 8—LONG-LIVED ASSETS

2008

        During the third quarter of 2008, the Company divested intangible assets with a net carrying amount of approximately $15.8 million in connection with the sale of PCD, see Note 3. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company decided to exit the CSBU market and recorded a charge of approximately $4.9 million to write-off the remaining unamortized balance of a customer relationships intangible asset arising from the Company's previous acquisition of Commworks. As a result the Company's consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008 contains no balances for finite-lived intangible assets subject to amortization.

        During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company's internal forecasts were revised downwards as to take account of the rapidly deteriorating business environment. In addition, the combined effect of recurring operating losses and a sustained decline in the Company's stock price were determined, in the

123

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

aggregate, to be a "significant adverse change in the business climate", which is a triggering event for long-lived assets impairment analysis.

        The Company determined its long-lived asset groups, which the Company considers to be "held and used" in its operations, based upon certain factors including assessing the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities. The asset groups consist of the Company's operating segments and entity-wide assets such as the Company's China headquarters building. Estimates of future cash flows developed during the 2009 budgeting process indicated that each of the Company's business segments had an inability to fully recover the carrying value of each segment's assets and on an entity-wide level had an inability to fully recover the carrying value of the asset group. Accordingly, the Company tested the carrying values at December 31, 2008 of all of its property, plant and equipment for impairment. For all asset groups except the Company's China headquarters building, the testing involved estimating the fair value in an exchange transaction of each asset group, comparing such fair value to the carrying value of the asset grouping, and recording impairment charges to reduce the carrying value to estimated fair value in those cases where the pre-impairment carrying value of an asset group was above its estimated fair value.

        The Company made various estimates as discussed below, which management believes to be both reasonable and appropriate, in determining the estimated fair values of the Company's asset groups at December 31, 2008. In concluding on fair values management also considered, in part, the results of appraisals made as of December 31, 2008 by valuation firms of the fair value of the Company's facility in Hangzhou, China and certain of the Company's equipment and furniture, software, automobiles and leasehold improvements which the Company obtained to confirm the reasonableness of its estimates.

        The Company's manufacturing, research and development, and administrative offices facility in Hangzhou, China, which had a carrying value of approximately $167.4 million at December 31, 2008, was the largest single asset subject to impairment testing. Management initially considered whether using comparable market transaction activity (market comparison approach) to estimate the current fair value of the Hangzhou facility would be both feasible and sufficiently objective in the circumstances but discovered the secondary market for similar industrial properties from which to derive sales data was not sufficiently robust to place primary reliance on this valuation approach. Therefore, management primarily used the income capitalization approach to estimate fair value; this valuation approach involves estimating a current market rental for the facility through an analysis of rents of similar facilities, either in the locality or in comparable districts, and then using an applicable capitalization rate to estimate fair value. This resulted in determining the estimated fair value for the Hangzhou facility to be approximately $183.2 million at December 31, 2008, or approximately $15.8 million greater than the carrying value. No impairment charge was recorded as the estimated fair value of the Hangzhou facility exceeded carrying value.

        The Company also tested individually significant equipment and furniture, software, automobiles and leasehold improvements located in China, India, Japan, Korea, and the United States for impairment, primarily using the cost approach to estimate related fair values. To determine each tested asset's estimated fair value at December 31, 2008, adjustment factors were applied to the asset's original cost first to estimate current replacement cost and then to estimate deductions from the estimated current replacement costs to recognize the effects of deterioration and obsolescence from all causes as well as de-installation costs. This effort resulted in an impairment charge of approximately $22.3 million, which consisted of $11.9 million for the Company's enterprise resource planning ("ERP") system, $6.7 million for equipment and furniture and $3.7 million primarily for capitalized software.

124

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Management believes it is reasonably possible that additional impairment charges that would reduce further the carrying values of the Company's property, plant and equipment may arise in 2009 if the Company is unable to achieve operating results anticipated by the Company's 2009 financial plan.

2007

        In 2007, in light of then current market conditions, management conducted an in-depth strategic analysis, which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2007, to define a new corporate strategy. In its review management challenged the key assumptions in the Company's overall strategic business and manufacturing capacity plans in light of continued declines in the Company's revenues, excluding the PCD segment, which appeared to be persistent. As a result, the Company revised its near and medium term revenue expectations downward significantly to take into account persistent weak global and industry economic conditions, the new strategic direction, as well as the declines in revenues the Company had experienced. The material changes in the Company's outlook and plans, which the Company was first able to quantify in the fourth quarter of 2007 as a result of the strategic review and its 2008 budgeting process, triggered an impairment review of its long-lived assets.

        Based upon its 2007 goodwill impairment assessment, the Company recorded goodwill impairment charges of approximately $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The impairment charges represented the excess of the carrying amount of the goodwill of the Other segment over its implied fair value. The consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 contain no goodwill balances.

        The Company also determined that estimated undiscounted cash flows within the Other segment were not sufficient to recover the carrying value of certain long-lived assets. The Company calculated the estimated fair values of intangible assets subject to amortization in the Other segment using expected discounted future cash flows and recorded an asset impairment charge of approximately $10.5 million for the customer relationships and $5.2 million for the existing technology intangible assets. An approximate $1.1 million impairment charge was recorded to recognize impairment in the carrying value of certain equipment in the Other segment as well.

        As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, intangible assets consisted of the following:

        Amortization expense was $4.1 million, $16.0 million and $18.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. During 2006, the Company did not record any impairment charges related to technology intangible assets because there were no circumstances or events that occurred which indicated a possible impairment.

125

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9—DEBT

        The following represents the outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2008 and 2007:

        At December 31, 2008, the Company had no bank loans outstanding. At December 31, 2007, the Company had loans with various banks totaling $48.0 million with interest rates ranging from 5.75% to 7.10% per annum.

        At December 31, 2008, the Company had a credit facility in China totaling $263.8 million, of which $146.6 million was for working capital purposes and the remaining $117.2 million was for use in support of letters of credit and corporate guarantees. This facility was entered into during the third quarter of 2008 and requires collateralization for working capital draws in excess of $29.3 million and/or non-working capital draws in excess of $44.0 million. As of December 31, 2008, $219.0 million of the total credit facility remained available. This China line of credit expires in the third quarter of 2009. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had not guaranteed any debt not included in the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

        On March 21, 2008, the Company entered into a credit agreement providing for a $75.0 million secured revolving credit facility that was subject to an accounts receivable and inventory borrowing base formula and was used during the second quarter of 2008 to fund the Company's general working capital requirements. During the second quarter, the Company repaid all outstanding borrowings under this credit agreement. On June 30, 2008, in connection with the entry into an agreement for the sale of PCD (see Note 3), the Company terminated the commitments under the credit agreement. Upon termination of the credit agreement, the Company expensed the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs of approximately $1.1 million.

        On March 12, 2003, the Company completed an offering of $402.5 million of ⁷/8% convertible subordinated notes due March 1, 2008 to qualified buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933. The notes were convertible into the Company's common stock, under certain conditions, at a conversion price of $23.79 per share and were subordinated to all present and future senior debt of the Company. At the initial conversion price, each $1,000 principal amount of notes will be convertible into 42.0345 shares of common stock. Expenses associated with the convertible subordinated notes issuance were $11.7 million and were recorded in other long-term assets and were amortized over the life of the notes.

        Concurrent with the issuance of the convertible notes, the Company entered into a convertible bond hedge and a call option transaction. The convertible bond hedge, as amended, allowed the Company to purchase 11.5 million shares of its common stock at $23.79 per share from the other party to the agreement. The written call option, as amended, allowed the holder to purchase 11.5 million shares of the Company's common stock from the Company at $32.025 per share. Both the bond hedge and call option transactions expired on March 1, 2008.

126

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The Company recorded these instruments at cost, and their carrying value at December 31, 2007 equaled their original cost as adjusted for amendments related to the early extinguishment of debt. The convertible bond hedge and call option transactions were expected to reduce the potential dilution from conversion of the notes. The options have been included in stockholders' equity in accordance with the guidance in EITF No. 00-19, "Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company's Own Stock."

        Effective January 9, 2007, the Company and the holders of the remaining $274.6 million of convertible subordinated notes entered into a First Supplemental Indenture, providing that any failure by the Company to comply with certain provisions of the original agreement will not result in a default or an event of default through May 31, 2007. The convertible subordinated notes accrued an additional 6.75% per annum in special interest from and after January 9, 2007 to the March 1, 2008 maturity date of the notes. Payments of the special interest were made in addition to and at the same time and in the same manner as regularly scheduled payments of interest to holders entitled to such regularly scheduled payments of interest. As a result of the First Supplemental Indenture, the convertible subordinated notes bore a stated interest rate of 7.625%.

        Subsequently, the Company solicited and obtained the requisite consents from the holders of the notes to a waiver, effective July 26, 2007, of any default which may have occurred prior to such date due to the delay in filing and non-compliance with certain covenants, and the Company entered into a Second Supplemental Indenture with the Trustee, dated July 26, 2007, after receiving consent from holders of more than 50% of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the convertible subordinated notes in connection with the Company's consent solicitation announced July 19, 2007. The Second Supplemental Indenture provided that the convertible subordinated notes accrue additional interest at a rate of (a) 6.75% per annum in special interest from and after January 9, 2007 to and including July 25, 2007, and (b) 10% per annum in special interest from and after July 26, 2007 to the date the notes are paid, prepaid, redeemed, converted or otherwise cease to be outstanding. The special interest rate provided by the Second Supplemental Indenture represented an increase of 3.25% per annum over the special interest rate of 6.75% provided by the First Supplemental Indenture. As a result of the Second Supplemental Indenture, the convertible subordinated notes had a stated interest rate of 10.875%. Payments of special interest were made in addition to, and at the same time and in the same manner as, regularly scheduled payments of interest to holders entitled to such regularly scheduled payments of interest.

        On March 3, 2008, the Company repaid the convertible subordinated notes of $289.5 million which included a principal payment of $274.6 million and the accrued interest of $14.9 million.

127

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10—WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER GUARANTEES

        Warranty obligations, included in other current liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

        During 2005, the Company recorded a special warranty charge for equipment sold to Softbank during 2003 and 2004. Since the agreement to repair these parts exceeded the Company's normal warranty terms, the Company recorded special warranty charges of $11.7 million for certain asynchronous digital subscriber line ("ADSL") products, $4.0 million primarily for multi-service optical transport product ("NetRing™") equipment and $14.9 million for Gigabit Ethernet Passive Optical Network ("GEPON") equipment. During 2006, the Company recorded an additional warranty charge of $5.6 million, consisting of $2.9 million for the NetRing equipment and $2.7 million for the GEPON equipment sold to Softbank, based on the results of the Company's analysis of warranty costs incurred and revised estimates of the remaining liability. During 2007, the NetRing reserve was reduced by $2.3 million based on the change in scope of the project, warranty cost incurred and estimated remaining liability. In addition, a previously established reserve of $2.5 million in 2005 was reversed in 2007 due to the cancellation of a retrofit project. The remaining reserve balance related to Softbank special warranty costs is $1.5 million at December 31, 2008.

        Certain of the Company's sales contracts include provisions under which customers would be indemnified by the Company in the event of, among other things, a third-party claim against the customer for intellectual property rights infringement related to the Company's products. There are no limitations on the maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. The Company has not accrued any amount in relation to these provisions as no such claims have been made and the Company believes it has valid, enforceable rights to the intellectual property embedded in its products.

NOTE 11—PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

        United States and foreign income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest were as follows:

128

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows:

        The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109" ("FIN 48") on January 1, 2007.

        As of December 31, 2008, the Company's gross unrecognized tax benefits totaled $92.8 million and are included in Other Long Term Liabilities, net of certain deferred tax assets and the federal tax benefit of state income tax items totaling $82.1 million. If recognized, the portion of gross unrecognized tax benefits that would decrease the provision for income taxes and increase the Company's net income is approximately $10.7 million. The total unrecognized tax benefits and increase for the current period of these unrecognized tax benefits relate primarily to the allocations of revenue and costs among the Company's global operations.

        As of December 31, 2007, the Company's gross unrecognized tax benefits totaled $79.7 million and are included in Other Long Term Liabilities, net of certain deferred tax assets and the federal tax benefit of state income tax items totaling $71.3 million. If recognized, the portion of gross unrecognized tax benefits that would decrease the provision for income taxes and increase the Company's net income is approximately $8.4 million. The total unrecognized tax benefits and increase for the current period of these unrecognized tax benefits relate primarily to the allocations of revenue and costs among the Company's global operations.

        The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties related to the above unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. The Company had accrued interest and penalties of approximately $3.2 million as of December 31, 2007 and approximately $3.9 million as of December 31, 2008.

        The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various U.S. state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company's income tax returns for the 2003, 2004, and 2005 tax years were audited by the United States Internal Revenue Service. The Company has paid $0.2 million during the year in connection with the audit. The Company is also under audit by the taxing authorities in China on a recurring basis. The material jurisdictions that the Company is subject to examination are in the United States and China. The Company's tax years for 1998 through 2008 are still open for examination in China. The Company's tax years for 2003 through 2008 are still open for examination in the United States. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits related to the resolution of income tax matters could be reduced by

129

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

approximately $26.6 million during the next 12 months as income tax audits are settled and statute of limitations expire. The portion of the $26.6 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits that would decrease the provision for income taxes and increase the Company's net income is approximately $1.3 million.

        FIN 48 established criteria for recognizing or continuing to recognize only more-likely-than not tax positions, which may result in income tax expense volatility in future periods. While the Company believes that it has adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than the Company's accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions on income tax related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

        A summary of the Company's unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

        In establishing its deferred income tax assets and liabilities, the Company makes judgments and interpretations based on the enacted tax laws and published tax guidance applicable to its operations. The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities and evaluates the need for valuation allowances to reduce the deferred tax assets to realizable amounts. The likelihood of a material change in the Company's expected realization of these assets is dependent on future taxable income and its ability to use foreign tax credit carryforwards and carrybacks.

130

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        A summary of the components of net deferred tax assets is as follows:

        Under APB 23 "Accounting for Income Taxes—Special Areas," deferred income taxes must be provided on the unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries unless such earnings are deemed to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. In 2008, the Company has a U.S. deferred income tax liability of $33.0 million on foreign earnings of $150.1 million that it considers to not be permanently reinvested outside the United States.

        As of December 31, 2008, the Company still has undistributed earnings of approximately $51.8 million from investments in foreign subsidiaries that are considered permanently reinvested. The determination of the amount of deferred taxes on these earnings is not practicable since the computation would depend on a number of factors that cannot be known until a decision to repatriate the earnings is made.

        As of December 31, 2008, the Company's U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards were $213.8 million and expire in varying amounts between 2025 and 2028. As of December 31, 2008, state net operating loss carryforwards were $138.0 million and expire in varying amounts between 2010 and 2028. The Company has concluded that these federal and state net operating losses did not meet the more likely than not standard contained in SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," ("SFAS 109") and has therefore placed a $83.6 million valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets. In the event the tax benefits related to the valuation allowance are realized, an immaterial amount would be credited to paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2008, the Company also had net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") in China of approximately $217.2 million. The China net operating loss carryforwards will expire in varying amounts between 2010 and 2013. The Company has

131

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

also concluded that these China net operating losses did not meet the more likely than not standard contained in SFAS 109 and has therefore placed a $44.7 million valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had NOLs in countries other than the U.S. and China. These NOLs are approximately $87.2 million. The majority of the NOLs do not expire and can be carried forward indefinitely. However, the Company concluded these losses did not meet the more likely than not standard contained in SFAS 109 and has therefore placed a valuation allowance of $13.4 million against the related deferred tax assets.

        As of December 31, 2008, the Company has U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $1.0 million which have an indefinite life. The Company also has U.S. research and development credit carryforwards of $14.4 million, $2.5 million of the credits have an indefinite life and $11.9 million of the credits expire in varying amounts between 2010 and 2028. The Company has U.S. foreign tax credits of $58.8 million which expire in varying amounts between 2012 and 2018. The Company has concluded that these U.S. tax credit carryforwards did not meet the more likely than not standard contained in SFAS 109 and has therefore placed a $74.2 million valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2008, the Company has foreign research and development credit carryforwards of $0.4 million which expire in 2018. The Company also has concluded that these foreign research & development credit carryforwards did not meet the more likely than not standard contained in SFAS 109 and has therefore placed a $0.4 million valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets.

        The difference between the Company's effective income tax rate and the federal statutory rate is reconciled below:

        On March 16, 2007, China's top legislature, the National People's Congress, passed the China Corporate Income Tax Law (the "CIT Law"). The CIT Law became effective on January 1, 2008. Under the CIT Law, China's dual tax system for domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises ("FIEs") was effectively replaced by a unified system. The new law establishes a tax rate of 25% for most enterprises and a reduced tax rate of 15% for certain qualified high technology enterprises.

132

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Prior to this change in tax law, certain subsidiaries and joint ventures located in China enjoyed tax benefits in China which were generally available to FIEs. The tax holidays/incentives for FIEs were applicable or potentially applicable to UTStarcom ChongQing Telecom Co. Ltd. ("CUTS"), UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. ("HUTS"), and UTStarcom China Co., Ltd. ("UTSC"), the Company's active subsidiaries in China, because these entities may qualify as accredited technologically advanced enterprises.

        The CIT Law targets certain industries for the reduced 15% tax rate for certain qualified high technology enterprises. For FIEs established before the promulgation of the new law who currently enjoy lower tax rates, any increase in their tax rates would be gradually phased in over five years. During the fourth quarter of 2008, two of the Company's China subsidiaries, HUTS and UTSC, were approved for the reduced 15% tax rate. The approval lasts for three years and is retroactive to January 1, 2008.

        In 2008, the $13.8 million tax expense for the effect of tax rate changes is attributable to the revaluation of the Company's deferred tax assets in China related to decrease in tax rates due to the HUTS and UTSC qualifying for the reduced 15% tax rate in 2008 discussed above. In 2007, the $27.1 million tax benefit for the effect of tax rate changes is attributable to the revaluation of the Company's deferred tax assets in China related to increase in tax rates due to the passage of the new law discussed above. Based on the CIT Law as of December 31, 2007, the Company's subsidiaries had not qualified for the reduced 15% tax rate. In 2006, the tax on unremitted earnings of $43.9 million is attributable to recording U.S. deferred income taxes on foreign earnings of $206.5 million that the Company considers to not be permanently reinvested outside the United States.

        In establishing its deferred income tax assets and liabilities, the Company makes judgments and interpretations based on the enacted tax laws and published tax guidance applicable to its operations as well as the amount and jurisdiction of future taxable income. The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities and evaluates the need for valuation allowances to reduce the deferred tax assets to realizable amounts. As of September 30, 2005, the Company did not believe it was more likely than not that it would generate a sufficient level and proper mix of taxable income within the appropriate period to utilize all the deferred tax assets in China and the United States. As a result of the review undertaken at September 30, 2005, the Company has concluded that it was appropriate to establish a full valuation allowance for the net deferred tax assets in China and the United States wherein the cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall assessment.

        In 2008, the change in deferred tax valuation allowance of $12.6 million is primarily attributable to the tax expense related to continuing to provide a full valuation allowance on the Company's net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2008 in the United States and China. In 2007, the change in deferred tax valuation allowance of $105.5 million is primarily attributable to the tax expense related to continuing to provide a full valuation allowance on the Company's net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2007 in the United States and China.

        In 2008, the income tax benefit of $24.9 million related to tax credits is primarily attributable to an increase in the amount of foreign tax credits generated in the United States due to foreign withholding taxes paid and repatriations of dividends from the Company's foreign operations.

        In 2006, the Company recorded a $29.0 million income tax benefit related to the settlement of a tax audit in China for the 2003 through 2005 tax years for UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. ("HUTS") and Hangzhou UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd ("HSTC"), two of its subsidiaries in China and the acceptance of its tax holiday for HSTC.

133

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 12—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS

Stock IncentivePlans

        At December 31, 2008, the Company has the stock incentive plans described below. Substantially all outstanding awards are subject to potential accelerated vesting in the event of a change in control of the Company. The Company repurchases and cancels shares of its common stock forfeited with respect to the tax liability associated with certain vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants under these plans.

2006 Equity Incentive Plan:

        The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan ("2006 Plan") was implemented on July 21, 2006 after being adopted by the Board of Directors on June 6, 2006 and approved by the Company's stockholders on July 21, 2006. The 2006 Plan replaces the 1997 Plan, the 2001 Plan, and the 2003 Plan (collectively, the "Prior Plans") and no further awards will be granted pursuant to the Prior Plans. The 2006 Plan provides for the grant of the following types of incentive awards: (i) stock options, (ii) stock appreciation rights, (iii) restricted stock, (iv) restricted stock units, (v) performance shares and performance units, and (vi) and other stock or cash awards ("Award," collectively, "Awards"). Those who are eligible for Awards under the 2006 Plan include employees, directors and consultants who provide services to the Company and its affiliates.

        The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be awarded and sold under the 2006 Plan is 4,500,000 shares plus (i) any shares that have been reserved but remain unissued under the Prior Plans as of July 21, 2006, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Prior Plans that expire or become exercisable without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Prior Plans that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company. As of December 31, 2008, the number of shares transferred from the Prior Plans to the 2006 plan totaled 20,900,238. As of December 31, 2008, options to purchase 4,174,301 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2006 Plan.

        The Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board ("Compensation Committee") administers the 2006 Plan ("Administrator"). Subject to the terms of the 2006 Plan, the Administrator has the sole discretion to select the employees, consultants, and directors who will receive Awards, determine the terms and conditions of Awards, and to interpret the provisions of the 2006 Plan and outstanding Awards. Options granted under the 2006 Plan generally vest and become exercisable over four years.

        Awards granted under the 2006 Plan are generally not transferable, and all rights with respect to an Award granted to a participant generally may be exercised during a participant's lifetime only by the participant; provided, however, that with the Administrator's approval, a participant may (i) transfer an Award to a participant's spouse or former spouse pursuant to a court-approved domestic relations order which relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property rights, or (ii) transfer an Award by gift to or for the benefit of the participant's immediate family.

        The exercise price of all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2006 Plan must be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant (or at least 110% of such fair market value for an incentive stock option ("ISO") granted to a stockholder with greater than 10% voting power of the Company's stock). The maximum term of a stock option granted to any participant must not exceed seven years from the date of grant (or five years for an ISO granted to a stockholder with greater than 10% of the voting power of the Common

134

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Stock). The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of all other Awards granted under the Plan.

Prior Plans—The 1997 Stock Plan, 2001 Director Option Plan, and 2003 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan:

The 1997 Stock Plan:

        Prior to the implementation of the 2006 Plan on July 21, 2006, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its affiliates were eligible to receive options to purchase shares of common stock and stock purchase rights under the 1997 Stock Plan ("1997 Plan"). The 1997 Plan was terminated in July 2006 effective upon stockholder approval of the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2008, there were options to purchase 3,632,600 shares of common stock outstanding under the 1997 Plan.

        Options granted under the 1997 Plan prior to July 21, 2006 were either ISOs intended to qualify for favorable federal income tax treatment under the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or non-qualified stock options ("NSOs"), which did not so qualify. The Compensation Committee oversaw the selection of eligible persons for option grants and determined the grant date, amounts, exercise prices, vesting periods and other relevant terms of the options, including whether the options would be ISOs or NSOs. The exercise price of ISOs granted under the 1997 Plan could not be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the grant date (or at least 110% of such fair market value for an ISO granted to a stockholder with greater than 10% voting power of the Company's stock), while the exercise price of NSOs could be determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion. Options granted under the 1997 Plan were generally not transferable during the life of the optionee.

        Under the 1997 Plan, options vest and become exercisable as determined by the Compensation Committee, generally over four years. Options may generally be exercised at any time after they vest and before their expiration date as determined by the Compensation Committee. However, no option may be exercised more than ten years after the grant date (or five years for ISOs granted to a stockholder with greater than 10% voting power of the Common Stock). Options will generally terminate (i) 12 months after the death or permanent disability of an optionee and (ii) three months after termination of employment for any other reason. The aggregate fair market value of the shares of common stock represented by ISOs that become exercisable in any calendar year by any one option holder may not exceed $100,000. Options in excess of this limit are treated as NSOs.

        Prior to the implementation of the 2006 Plan, the Company could also grant stock purchase rights to eligible participants under the 1997 Plan. Under the 1997 Plan, any shares purchased pursuant to stock purchase rights were subject to a restricted stock purchase agreement. Unless the Compensation Committee determined otherwise, this agreement granted the Company a right to repurchase the restricted stock upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the employee for any reason, including death or disability prior to vesting. The purchase price for repurchased shares was the original price paid and could be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness owed to the Company. The Company's repurchase right lapsed at a rate determined by the Compensation Committee.

2001 Director Option Plan:

        Prior to the implementation of the 2006 Plan on July 21, 2006, those directors who were not employees of the Company ("Outside Directors") were eligible to receive options to purchase shares of common stock under the 2001 Director Option Plan ("2001 Plan"). The 2001 Plan was terminated in July 2006 effective upon stockholder approval of the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2008, there were options to purchase 360,000 shares of common stock outstanding under the 2001 Plan. The Compensation Committee was the administrator of the 2001 Plan.

135

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Under the terms of the 2001 Plan, the exercise price of each option granted equaled the market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Such options have terms of ten years, but terminate earlier if the individual ceases to serve as a director. The First Option grants vest as to 25% of shares subject to the First Option on each of the first four anniversaries of its date of grant, subject to the Outside Director continuing to serve as a director on such dates. The Subsequent Option grants vest as to 100% of the shares subject to the Subsequent Option on the first anniversary of its date of grant.

The 2003 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan:

        Prior to the implementation of the 2006 Plan on July 21, 2006, directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its affiliates were eligible to receive options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock under the 2003 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan ("2003 Plan"). Only nonstatutory stock options, which would not qualify for favorable federal income tax treatment under the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, could be granted under the 2003 Plan. The 2003 Plan was terminated in July 2006 effective upon stockholder approval of the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2008, options to purchase 594,635 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2003 Plan.

        The 2003 Plan has been administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee oversaw the selection of the eligible persons to whom options would be granted and determined the number of shares subject to the option, exercise prices, vesting periods and other terms applicable to each option.

        Options granted under the 2003 Plan generally vest and become exercisable over four years, and may be exercised at any time after they vest but before their expiration date. Options will generally terminate (i) 12 months after the death or employment termination due to disability of an option holder and (ii) three months after termination of an option holder's service for any other reason other than for disability or due to the option holder's death. No option, however, may be exercised more than ten years after the grant date.

Stock Award and Stock Option Activity

        In past years, the Company has granted equity awards consisting primarily of stock options. During fiscal 2008, the Company granted equity awards using a mixture of restricted stock units, restricted stock, and stock options. As of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, the number of shares of common stock available for issuance pursuant to future grants under equity compensation plans was 10,710,921, 5,973,324 and 11,238,850, respectively.

        On October 1, 2008, the Company completed a tender offer to exchange certain outstanding employee stock options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock. Eligible for exchange were outstanding options, vested or unvested, held by current employees (excluding directors and executive officers) and granted under the Company's 1997 Stock Plan with an exercise price greater than or equal to $6.00 per share, which included options with an exercise price less than the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of the tender offer, the Company accepted for exchange and cancelled options to purchase an aggregate of 6,072,818 shares with a weighted average exercise price of $14.15 per share, and issued new options to purchase an aggregate of 1,983,920 shares with an exercise price of $3.24 per share, the closing stock price of the Company's common stock on October 1, 2008. The new options were granted under the Company's 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and generally vest over two years. Because of the exchange ratio, the number of options canceled pursuant to the offer exceeded the number of options to be granted in connection with the offer. As a result, no incremental expense was recognized.

136

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        There was no incremental compensation expense resulting from the completion of the tender offer.

        The following summarizes the Company's stock options activity:

        In November 2007, the Compensation Committee granted 962,249 shares of performance-based restricted stock units to certain senior executive officers. On February 26, 2008, the Committee determined, based on the Company's and each executive officer's level of performance during the Company's 2007 fiscal year, that 783,324 shares underlying the previously granted performance-based restricted stock units had been earned, with 50% vesting immediately and 50% vesting on February 28, 2009. Each performance-based restricted stock unit has a fair value of $2.99 per share, which equals the closing price of the Company's common stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market on the measurement date of February 26, 2008. In February 2008, the Compensation Committee also granted an additional 1,073,333 performance-based awards to certain senior executive officers, subject to the attainment of goals determined by the Compensation Committee. During the third quarter of 2008, 233,333 of these contingently issuable shares were forfeited as a result of employee terminations. The Company may be subject to variable levels of expense related primarily to the varying levels of performance, as well as for fluctuations in the Company's stock price as these awards are "marked to market" at each reporting period prior to the date of the Compensation Committee's determination on performance.

        Under the 2006 and 1997 Plans, the Company granted restricted stock awards. Restricted stock awards are nonvested stock awards that may include grants of restricted stock or grants of restricted stock units. Such awards generally vest over a period of one to four years from the date of grant. Restricted stock has the voting rights of common stock and the shares underlying restricted stock are considered to be currently issued and outstanding. Restricted stock units do not have the voting rights of common stock, and the shares underlying the restricted stock units are not considered issued and outstanding. The expense for such awards is based on the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The weighted average fair value of restricted stock awards granted under our equity incentive plans during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.91, $2.96 and $7.69, respectively. The grant of restricted stock awards is deducted from the shares available for grant under the Company's stock plan.

137

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Nonvested restricted stock as of December 31, 2007 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2008 are summarized below:

        During the year ended December 31, 2008, 2.6 million shares of restricted stock awards vested. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested, as measured on the date of vesting, during the year ended December 31, 2008 was $8.4 million. The Company also granted 6.0 million restricted stock awards.

        During the year ended December 31, 2007, 1.4 million shares of restricted stock awards vested. The total fair value of restricted stock vested during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $4.8 million. The Company also granted 7.3 million shares of restricted stock awards.

        During the year ended December 31, 2006, 72,442 shares of restricted stock vested and were no longer subject to repurchase rights of the Company. The total fair value of restricted stock vested during the year ended December 31, 2006 was $0.6 million. The Company also granted rights to purchase 301,133 shares of restricted stock to executive officers of the Company which were allowed to lapse unexercised in March 2006.

        In their place, in February 2007, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company determined that certain executive officers, based on their level of performance during the Company's 2006 fiscal year, are eligible to receive 203,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate. On November 30, 2007, the Committee approved the issuance of 163,000 of such shares. The remaining 40,000 shares that were issuable were forfeited as a result of the resignation of the executive officer. The Performance Stock is included in the Company's computation of stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the related forfeiture recognized in fiscal 2007.

        In connection with the October 2002 acquisition of Shanghai Yi Yun Telecom Technology Co. Ltd. ("Shanghai Yi Yun"), the Company issued 514,290 shares of restricted stock valued at that time at $9.0 million to the Shanghai Yi Yun employees that were hired by one of the Company's subsidiaries. Such shares of restricted stock cliff vested over five years through 2007, with accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified milestones. The Company has treated these 514,290 shares of restricted stock as deferred compensation. During 2003, 226,302 of these shares vested upon achievement of specified milestones. During 2007, 281,120 shares vested and 6,868 shares were forfeited leaving no outstanding shares remaining as of December 31, 2007.

138

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable stock options as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands, except years and share prices):

        The intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value and is calculated as the difference between the market value as reported by NASDAQ on December 31, 2008 of $1.85 and the exercise price of the in-the-money shares. During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised was negligible, and during the year ended December 31, 2006 the total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.5 million, determined as of the date of the exercise. The weighted average remaining contractual life of options exercisable was 4.0 years, and the weighted average remaining contractual life of options expected to vest was 4.7 years as of December 31, 2008.

2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

        In February 2000, the Company's stockholders approved the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"). The purchase plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company has reserved 1,180,261 shares of common stock for sale under the stock purchase plan at December 31, 2008. The stock purchase plan is administered by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board.

        The stock purchase plan is implemented by concurrent offering periods, the duration of which may not exceed 24 months. An offering period may contain up to four interim purchase periods. Shares purchased under the stock purchase plan will be held in separate accounts for each participant. The first offering period began in March 2000 and ended on the last trading day before April 30, 2002.

        Employees will be eligible to participate in the stock purchase plan if they are employed by the Company for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in a calendar year. The stock purchase plan permits eligible employees to purchase the Company's common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of the employee's total compensation. Stock may be purchased

139

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

under the plan at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the Company's stock on either the date of purchase or the first day of the offering period, whichever is lower. However, the Board of Directors may in its discretion provide that the price at which shares of common stock are purchased under the plan shall be 85% of the fair market value of the Company's shares on the date of purchase. Participants may not purchase shares of common stock having a value greater than $25,000 during any calendar year.

        Participants may increase or decrease their payroll deductions at any time during an offering period, subject to limits imposed by the Board of Directors. If a participant withdraws from the stock purchase plan, any contributions that have not been used to purchase shares shall be refunded. A participant who has withdrawn may not participate in the stock purchase plan again until the next offering period. In the event of retirement or cessation of employment for any reason, any contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares will be refunded to the participant, or to the participant's designated beneficiary in the case of death, and a certificate will be issued for the full shares in the participant's account.

        The Board of Directors may terminate or amend the stock purchase plan, subject to stockholder approval in some circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by the Board, the stock purchase plan will have a term of ten years.

Stock-Based Compensation

        SFAS 123(R) requires the use of option-pricing models that were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options. The Company has used the Black-Scholes option pricing model ("Black-Scholes model") method of valuation for share-based awards granted prior to December 31, 2005, and has continued to use the Black-Scholes model for subsequent share-based payment awards. The Black-Scholes model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of short-lived exchange traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

        The Company uses historical volatility as management believes it is more representative of future stock price trends than implied volatility due to the relatively small number of actively traded options on the Company's common stock available to determine implied volatility. The Company estimates an expected term of options granted based upon the Company's historical exercise and cancellation data for vested options. In addition, separate groups of employees that have similar exercise behavior are considered separately. The expected term of employee stock purchase plan shares is the average of the remaining purchase periods under each offering period.

        The Company bases the risk free interest rate used in the option valuation model on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and therefore uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the option valuation model. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

        Prior to January 1, 2006, stock-based payment awards were amortized on an accelerated basis by treating each vested tranche as a separate stock option grant (graded vesting). Following adoption of SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, all stock-based payment awards are amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods.

140

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The fair value of stock-based payment awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

        At December 31, 2008, there was approximately $22.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, as measured, related to non-vested stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years. The weighted average fair value of options granted under the stock plans during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1.46, $1.64 and $3.07 per share, respectively. The 2008 stock-based compensation expense includes approximately $1.5 million resulting from award modifications related to the retirement of one of the Company's executives.

        The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company's consolidated statement of operations:

        At December 31, 2008, there was no stock-based compensation capitalized within inventory. Stock-based compensation for 2008 includes $2.5 million of charges relating to prior periods resulting from the correction of the forfeiture rate application. The impact of recording these prior-period charges on the prior and current periods is not material.

NOTE 13—401(K) PLAN

        On January 1, 2000, the Company adopted the UTStarcom, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan ("401(k) Plan"), a cash-or-deferred arrangement, which covers the Company's eligible employees who have attained the age of 21. The Company contributed $0.50 for each dollar contributed by qualified employees to the 401(k) Plan, to a maximum of $5,500 for the 2008, 2007 and 2006 plan years. The Company's matching contributions are subject to a five-year vesting schedule based upon longevity of

141

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

employee service with the Company. Matching contributions were $1.9 million, $2.5 million and $2.7 million, for 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

NOTE 14—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

        The Company leases certain facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2013. The minimum future lease payments under the leases at December 31, 2008 were as follows:

        Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $17.3 million, $19.9 million and $21.3 million, respectively.

Contractual obligations and commercial commitments

Letters of credit:

        The Company issues standby letters of credit primarily to support international sales activities outside of China and in support of purchase commitments. As of December 31, 2008, the Company has approximately $73.5 million outstanding under letters of credit, $55.3 million of which are due in less than a year and $18.2 million of which are due in one to three years. When the Company submits a bid for a sale, often the potential customer will require that the Company issue a bid bond or a standby letter of credit to demonstrate its commitment through the bid process. In addition, the Company may be required to issue standby letters of credit as guarantees for advance customer payments upon contract signing or performance guarantees. The standby letters of credit usually expire without being drawn by the beneficiary thereof. Finally, the Company may issue commercial letters of credit in support of purchase commitments.

Long-term purchase obligations:

        In connection with the sale of assets to Marvell Technology Group Ltd ("Marvell"), the Company agreed to purchase from Marvell certain chipsets that are being included in the Company's PAS handsets through 2011. These chipsets are being included in certain handset products designed and manufactured by the Company.

Intellectual property:

        Certain sales contracts include provisions under which customers would be indemnified by the Company in the event of, among other things, a third party claim against the customer for intellectual property rights infringement related to the Company's products. There are no limitations on the

142

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. The Company has not accrued any amounts in relation to these provisions as no such claims have been made and the Company believes it has valid enforceable rights to the intellectual property embedded in its products.

Uncertain Tax Positions

        Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As of December 31, 2008, the Company's gross unrecognized tax benefits totaled $92.8 million and are included in Other Long Term Liabilities, net of certain deferred tax assets and the federal tax benefit of state income tax items totaling $82.1 million. If recognized, the portion of gross unrecognized tax benefits that would decrease the provision for income taxes and increase the Company's net income is approximately $10.7 million.

Litigation

Securities Class Action Litigation

        Beginning in October 2004, several shareholder class action lawsuits alleging federal securities violations were filed against the Company and various officers and directors of the Company. The actions have been consolidated in United States District Court for the Northern District of California under the caption In re UTStarcom, Inc. Securities Litigation, Master File No. C-04-4908-JW (PVT). The lead plaintiffs in the case filed a First Amended Consolidated Complaint on July 26, 2005. The First Amended Complaint alleged violations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and was brought on behalf of a putative class of shareholders who purchased the Company's stock after April 16, 2003 and before September 20, 2004. On April 13, 2006, the lead plaintiffs filed a Second Amended Complaint adding new allegations and extending the end of the class period to October 6, 2005. In addition to the Company defendants, the plaintiffs are also suing Softbank. Plaintiffs' complaint seeks recovery of damages in an unspecified amount.

        On June 2, 2006, the Company and the individual defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Second Amended Complaint. On March 21, 2007, the Court granted defendants' motion and dismissed plaintiffs' Second Amended Complaint. The Court granted plaintiffs leave to file a Third Amended Complaint, which plaintiffs filed on May 25, 2007. On July 13, 2007, the Company and the individual defendants filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to strike the Third Amended Complaint. On March 14, 2008, the Court granted defendants' motion and dismissed plaintiffs' Third Amended Complaint. The Court granted plaintiffs leave to file a Fourth Amended Complaint, which plaintiffs filed on May 14, 2008. On June 13, 2008, consistent with the Court's March 14, 2008 dismissal order, the Company and the individual defendants filed objections to the form and content of the Fourth Amended Complaint. On July 24, 2008, the Court overruled the objections. On September 8, 2008, the Company and the individual defendants filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to strike certain allegations from the Fourth Amended Complaint.

        On September 4, 2007, a second shareholder class action complaint captioned Peter Rudolph v. UTStarcom, et al., Case No. C-07-4578 SI, was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company and some of its current and former directors and officers. The complaint alleges violations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 through undisclosed improper accounting practices concerning the Company's historical equity award grants. Plaintiff seeks unspecified damages on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of the Company's common stock between July 24, 2002 and September 4, 2007. On December 14, 2007, the Court appointed James R. Bartholomew lead plaintiff. On January 25, 2008, the lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint. On April 14, 2008, the Court granted defendants' motion to dismiss the amended complaint. The Court

143

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

granted the lead plaintiff leave to file a second amended complaint no later than May 16, 2008 which was filed by the lead plaintiff on May 16, 2008. On June 6, 2008, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint. On August 21, 2008, the Court granted in part and denied in part the motion to dismiss.

        Due to the preliminary status of these lawsuits and uncertainties related to litigation, management is unable to evaluate the likelihood of either a favorable or unfavorable outcome. Accordingly, management is unable at this time to estimate the effects of these complaints on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Governmental Investigations

        On May 1, 2008, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") announced a final settlement agreement with the Company in connection with an investigation commenced by the SEC in September 2005. The investigation involved the Company's financial disclosures during prior reporting periods, historic option grant awards practices, certain historical sales contracts in China and other matters. Without admitting or denying the allegations in the SEC's complaint, the Company consented to a permanent injunction against any future violations of certain books-and-records and internal control provisions of the federal securities laws. No monetary penalties were assessed against the Company. In connection with the same investigation, Mr. Lu, the Company's Chief Executive Officer at the time of the settlement and the current Chairman of the Board of Directors, individually entered into a settlement agreement with the SEC. Without admitting or denying the allegations in the SEC's complaint, Mr. Lu agreed to pay a civil penalty of $100,000 and consented to a permanent injunction on similar terms as the Company.

        In December 2005, the U.S. Embassy in Mongolia informed the Company that it had forwarded to the Department of Justice (the "DOJ") allegations that an agent of the Company's Mongolia joint venture had offered payments to a Mongolian government official in possible violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the "FCPA"). The Company, through its Audit Committee, authorized an independent investigation into possible violations of the FCPA, and it has been in contact with the DOJ and SEC regarding the investigation. The investigation has identified possible FCPA violations in Mongolia, Southeast Asia, India, and China, as well as possible violations of U.S. immigration laws. The DOJ has requested that the Company voluntarily produce documents related to the investigation, the SEC has subpoenaed the Company for documents, and the Company has received a Grand Jury Subpoena requiring the production of documents related to one aspect of the DOJ investigation, that is, training programs the Company had sponsored. The SEC has indicated it regards travel arrangements provided to customers in China in connection with certain systems contracts, and other conduct, as violations. The Company has executed tolling agreements extending the statute of limitations for the FCPA issues under investigation by the DOJ. Such proceedings may result in criminal or civil sanctions, penalties and disgorgements against the Company. If it is probable that an obligation of the Company exists and will result in an outflow of resources, a provision will be recorded if the amount can be reasonably estimated. Regulatory and legal proceedings as well as government investigation often involve complex legal issues and are subject to substantial uncertainties. Accordingly, management exercises considerable judgment in determining whether it is probable that such a proceeding will result in outflow of resources and whether the amount of the obligation can be reasonably estimated. The Company periodically reviews the status of these proceedings and these judgments are subject to change as new information becomes available. At this time, the Company cannot predict when any inquiry will be completed or what the outcome of any inquiry will be. The Company is unable to reasonably estimate the total amount of loss, if any, associated with the

144

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

proceedings. A judgment against the Company may have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Shareholder Derivative Litigation

        On November 17, 2006, a shareholder derivative complaint captioned Ernesto Espinoza v. Ying Wu et al., Case No. RG06298775, was filed against certain of the Company's current and former officers and directors in the Superior Court of the County of Alameda, California. The complaint alleges that the individual defendants, among other things, breached their duties, were unjustly enriched, and violated the California Corporations Code in connection with the timing of stock option grants. The complaint names the Company as a nominal defendant and seeks unspecified monetary damages against the individual defendants and various forms of injunctive relief. On February 2, 2007, the Company and the individual defendants filed demurrers against the complaint. On April 11, 2007, the Court sustained the individual defendants' demurrer, overruled the Company's demurrer, ordered the plaintiff to file an amended complaint, and ordered the Company to answer the original complaint. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint and the Company has filed an answer to the amended complaint. On August 21, 2007, the individual defendants filed demurrers against the amended complaint. The Court sustained the individual defendants' demurrers and ordered the plaintiff to file a second amended complaint. On September 26, 2008, plaintiff filed his second amended complaint. On November 21, 2008, the Company and the individual defendants filed demurrers against the second amended complaint.

        Due to the preliminary status of this complaint and uncertainties related to litigation, management of the Company is unable to evaluate the likelihood of either a favorable or unfavorable outcome. Accordingly, management of the Company is unable at this time to estimate the effects of this complaint on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

IPO Allocation

        On October 31, 2001, a complaint was filed in United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company, some of the Company's directors and officers and various underwriters for the Company's initial public offering. Substantially similar actions were filed concerning the initial public offerings for more than 300 different issuers, and the cases were coordinated as In re Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation, 21 MC 92 for pretrial purposes. In April 2002, a consolidated amended complaint was filed in the matter against the Company, captioned In re UTStarcom, Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation, Civil Action No. 01-CV-9604. Plaintiffs allege violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 through undisclosed improper underwriting practices concerning the allocation of IPO shares in exchange for excessive brokerage commissions, agreements to purchase shares at higher prices in the aftermarket and misleading analyst reports. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of the Company's common stock between March 2, 2000 and December 6, 2000. The Company's directors and officers have been dismissed without prejudice pursuant to a stipulation. On February 19, 2003, the Court granted in part and denied in part a motion to dismiss the claims brought by defendants including the Company. The order dismissed all claims against the Company except for a claim brought under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, which alleges that the registration statement filed in accordance with the IPO was misleading. In June 2004, a stipulation of settlement and release of claims against the issuer defendants, including the Company, was submitted to the court for approval. The terms of the settlement, if approved, would have dismissed and released all claims against the participating defendants (including the Company). In August 2005, the Court preliminarily approved the settlement. In December 2006, the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the

145

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Court's October 2004 order certifying a class in six test cases that were selected by the underwriter defendants and plaintiffs in the coordinated proceedings. The Company's case is not one of the test cases. Because class certification was a condition of the settlement, it was unlikely that the settlement would receive final Court approval. On June 25, 2007, the Court entered an order terminating the proposed settlement based on a stipulation among the parties to the settlement. Plaintiffs have filed amended master allegations and amended complaints in the six test cases. On March 26, 2008, the Court largely denied the defendants' motion to dismiss the amended complaints. The parties have reached a global settlement of the litigation and have so advised the Court. Under the settlement, which remains subject to Court approval, the insurers would pay the full amount of settlement share allocated to the Company, and the Company would bear no financial liability. The Company, as well as the officer and director defendants who were previously dismissed from the action pursuant to tolling agreements, would receive complete dismissals from the case. It is uncertain whether the settlement will receive final Court approval. If the settlement does not receive final Court approval, and litigation against the Company continues, the Company believes it has meritorious defenses and intends to defend the action vigorously.

UTStarcom, Inc. v. Starent Patent Infringement Litigations

        On February 16, 2005, the Company filed a suit against Starent for patent infringement in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. In the Complaint, the Company asserted that Starent infringes UTStarcom patent U.S. Reg. No. 6,829,473 ("the '473 patent") through Starent's development and testing of a software upgrade for its customer's installed ST-16 Intelligent Mobile Gateways. The Company seeks declaratory and injunctive relief. Starent subsequently filed its answer and counterclaims, and the Company then filed a motion to dismiss Starent's counterclaim. On July 19, 2005, the parties stipulated that Starent would file an amended answer and counterclaim and the Company then responded to Starent's amended counterclaim. In early December 2006, the Company filed a reissue application for the '473 patent with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. Starent has also filed for reexamination of the '473 patent. The reexamination and reissue are currently co-pending. The litigation is still in a preliminary stage, and is stayed pending the outcome of the reissue. The litigation and its outcome cannot be predicted, although management of the Company believes the litigation has merit. Nonetheless, management of the Company believes that any adverse judgment on Starent's counterclaims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        On May 8, 2007, the Company filed an additional suit against Starent and sixteen individual defendants (who were all former employees of 3Com's CommWorks division, of which the Company acquired certain assets in May of 2003) in the Northern District of Illinois. The causes of action include claims for patent infringement, misappropriation of trade secrets, intentional interference with business relations and prospective economic advantage and declarations of ownership of certain patent rights. The Company seeks compensatory damages, punitive damages and injunctive relief. After the court denied the defendant's motion to dismiss the misappropriation of trade secrets claims, on August 30, 2007, Defendants answered the Company's complaint, denying the Company's allegations and asserting a number of affirmative defenses and counterclaims. The Company filed an Amended Complaint to allege additional related causes of action. Starent moved to dismiss certain causes of action of the Amended Complaint. On May 30, 2008, the Company amended its complaint to remove from suit U.S. patent 6,978,128, and to add additional factual allegations relating to all defendants in the case. On July 23, 2008, the Court dismissed the Company's trade secret and contract-based counts. The Company asked the Court to clarify that ruling and filed a motion for leave to file a Fourth Amended Complaint containing the trade secret and contract-based counts. After initially granting Defendants' motion to strike that complaint, the Court reconsidered its order and granted the Company leave to

146

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

file it. The Fourth Amended Complaint has been filed. Defendants have moved to dismiss various counts of that Complaint. The Company is opposing that motion.

        On August 27, 2008, the Company moved to dismiss Starent's counterclaims. On December 5, 2008, the Court partially granted this motion. On January 9, 2009, Starent filed amended counterclaims for non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability of the asserted patents, tortuous interference with prospective economic advantage and trade secret misappropriation. On January 26, 2009, the Company filed an answer to the counterclaims and asserted various affirmative defenses. Discovery and motion practice is ongoing. The Court has appointed a special master to handle discovery, issues related to identification of the trade secrets and summary judgment motions. The Company believes that any adverse judgment on Starent's counterclaims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Telemetrix, Inc. Arbitration

        On October 19, 2006, Telemetrix, Inc. ("Telemetrix") filed a formal Request for Arbitration against the Company to the World Intellectual Property Organization ("WIPO") in Geneva, Switzerland. The Request for Arbitration sought unspecified damages arising from a contract between Telemetrix and Telos Technology, Inc., dated October 22, 2003. The Company assumed Telos' rights and obligations under this contract pursuant to the Company's purchase of Telos' assets on May 19, 2004. Telemetrix alleged nine causes of action, including breach of contract, fraud, negligent misrepresentation, interference with contractual relations, and interference with prospective economic advantage. In December 2006, the Company filed a formal response to the Request for Arbitration, denying all material factual allegations asserted by Telemetrix. An arbitrator was selected by the parties, and, on August 2, 2007, the arbitrator granted a pleading motion in favor of the Company due to Telemetrix's failure to allege sufficient facts in support of a majority of its causes of action. On August 17, 2007, Telemetrix filed an Amended Statement of Claim, alleging six causes of action, including breach of contract and fraud. Telemetrix seeks damages totaling approximately $750,000 plus costs and attorneys' fees. The evidentiary hearing occurred on July 28-30, 2008. On November 7, 2008, the Arbitrator issued a Final Award in favor of the Company on all claims and awarded the Company an immaterial amount in attorneys' fees.

Other Litigation

        The Company is a party to other litigation matters and claims that are normal in the course of operations, and while the results of such litigation matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management of the Company believes that the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 15—CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial Risks:

        Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts and notes receivable. The Company places its temporary cash and short-term investments with several financial institutions. Approximately $246.9 million and $424.9 million of the Company's cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were on deposit in foreign accounts at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        The Company's exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to its investment portfolio. The fair value of its investment portfolio would not be significantly affected by

147

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

either a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short term nature of most of its investment portfolio. However, the Company's interest income can be sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S and China interest rates since the majority of its funds are invested in instruments with maturities of less than one year. In a declining interest rate environment, as short term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less favorable market rates. Given the short term nature of certain investments, anticipated declining interest rates will negatively impact the Company's investment income.

        The Company maintains an investment portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments. The Company places its cash investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in its investment policy guidelines. The Company's policy is to limit the risk of principal loss and to ensure the safety of invested funds by generally attempting to limit market risk. Funds in excess of current operating requirements are mostly invested in money market funds which are rated AAA.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Major Customers:

        Most Chinese carriers have three levels of operations: the central headquarters level, the provincial level and the local city/county level. Both central and provincial levels are independent legal entities and have their own corporate mandate. The purchasing decision making process may take various forms for different projects and may also differ significantly from carrier to carrier. The Company groups all China customers together by province and treats each province as one customer since that is the level at which purchasing decisions are made.

        At December 31, 2008, the Company's accounts receivable balance included amounts due from PCD LLC representing approximately 39% of the total accounts receivable of the Company. At December 31, 2007, Sprint Spectrum L.P. and T-Mobile USA, Inc. accounted for approximately 16% and 15%, respectively, of the total accounts receivable of the Company.

        The following customers accounted for 10% or more of the Company's net revenues:

        Sales to Verizon, T-Mobile and Sprint Spectrum L.P. were primarily from the PCD segment which was sold in July 2008, see Note 3. Approximately 16%, 17% and 23% of the Company's net sales during 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, were to entities affiliated with the government of China. Accounts receivable balances from these China government affiliated entities or state owned enterprises were $86.2 million and $129.5 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Company extends credit to its customers in China generally without requiring collateral. In global sales outside of China, the Company may require letters of credit from its customers. The Company monitors its exposure for credit losses and maintains allowances for doubtful accounts.

Country Risks:

        Approximately 27%, 23% and 32% of the Company's sales for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, were made in China. Accordingly, the political, economic and legal

148

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

environment, as well as the general state of China's economy may influence the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company's operations in China are subject to special considerations and significant risks not typically associated with companies in the United States. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic and legal environments and foreign currency exchange. The Company's results may be adversely affected by, among other things, changes in the political, economic and social conditions in China, and by changes in governmental policies with respect to laws and regulations, changes in China's telecommunications industry and regulatory rules and policies, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion and remittance abroad, and rates and methods of taxation.

NOTE 16—SEGMENT REPORTING

        During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company announced a new organization structure to align the business units with its corporate strategy. This new organization structure changed the reporting segments on which the Company measures performance and allocates resources. Effective October 1, 2007, the new reporting segments were as follows:

•

Multimedia Communications—Focused on development and market opportunities in IPTV solutions and Wireless infrastructure technologies.



•

Broadband Infrastructure—Focused on the Company's world class portfolio of broadband products.



•

Handsets—Focused on mobile phone business with continued focus on the PAS and CDMA handset market, as well as data cards markets. Handset sales to PCD LLC, which commenced after the July 1, 2008 sale of PCD, are included in this segment.



•

Services—Focused on providing services and support of the Company's Broadband Infrastructure and Multimedia Communications product lines.



•

Personal Communications Division (PCD)—Focused on distribution of mobile handsets, mainly in the United States. On July 1, 2008 the Company sold PCD to PCD LLC, see Note 3.



•

Other—includes Mobile Solutions which focused on development, sales and services for the IPCDMA market; and Custom Solutions which focused on customized telecommunication solutions. On July 31, 2008, the Company divested its Mobile Solutions Business Unit, see Note 3. During the fourth quarter of 2008 the Company initiated actions to disband its Custom Solutions business unit.

        The Company's management makes financial decisions based on information it receives from its internal management system and currently evaluates the operating performance of and allocates resources to the reporting segments based on segment revenue and gross profit. Cost of sales and direct expenses in relation to production are assigned to the reporting segments. The accounting policies used in measuring segment assets and operating performance are the same as those used at the consolidated level.

        Summarized below are the Company's segment net sales, gross profit and segment margin for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 based on the current reporting segment structure. The previously allocated revenues into the Services segment from Multimedia Communications and from

149

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Broadband Infrastructure segment sales in China were reclassified into the respective segments for 2007 and 2006 to conform to the current year's segment presentation.

 

 

150

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The segment margin includes all direct expenses related to operations of the segment such as direct product management and research and development expenses. General and corporate expenses include all un-allocated expenses such as sales and marketing, general and administration, common research and development expenses, equity award related charges, amortization of intangibles and restructuring and impairment charges. The Company excludes these items consistent with the manner in which it internally evaluates the performance of the segments.

        Assets by segment are as follows:

        The methodology used to allocate certain assets to segments was revised in 2008. Assets by segment as of December 31, 2007 have been reclassified to conform to the current year's segment presentation.

151

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Sales are attributed to a geographical area based upon the location of the customer. Sales data by geographical areas are as follows:

        Long-lived assets, consisting of property, plant and equipment, by geographical area are as follows:

NOTE 17—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Softbank and affiliates

        The Company recognizes revenue with respect to sales of telecommunications equipment to affiliates of Softbank, a significant stockholder of the Company. Softbank offers ADSL coverage throughout Japan, which is marketed under the name "YAHOO! BB." The Company supports Softbank's fiber-to-the-home service through sales of its carrier class GEPON product as well as its NetRing™ product. In addition, the Company supports Softbank's new internet protocol television ("IPTV"), through sales of its RollingStream™ product.

        During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recognized revenue of $38.3 million, $67.8 million and $130.8 million, respectively, for sales of telecommunications equipment and services to affiliates of Softbank. Included in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006 was a fee of $31.2 million charged for the cancellation of orders for broadband products and $10.0 million charged for the cancellation of orders for multimedia communications products.

        Included in accounts receivable at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $9.2 million and $26.2 million, respectively, related to these transactions. The Company had immaterial amounts of accounts payable from Softbank and its affiliates at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

        Sales to Softbank include a three year service period and a penalty clause if product failure rates exceed a certain level over a seven year period. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company's customer advance balance related to Softbank agreements was $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The current deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $4.0 million and $5.6 million as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. As of December 31, 2008,

152

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the Company's noncurrent deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $9.2 million compared to $10.1 million as of December 31, 2007.

        On July 17, 2003, the Company entered into a Mezzanine Loan Agreement with BB Modem Rental PLC ("BB Modem"), an affiliate of Softbank. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company loaned BB Modem $10.1 million at an effective interest rate of 12.01% per annum, for the purpose of investing in a portfolio of ADSL modems and associated modem rental agreements, from Softbank. Softbank will continue to service such modems and modem rental agreements. The Company's loan was subordinated to certain senior lenders of BB Modem, and repayments were paid to the Company over a 42-month period through January 31, 2007, with a substantial portion of the principal amount of the loan schedule repaid during the last 16 months of this period. During the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 the Company recorded an immaterial amount and $0.6 million, respectively, in interest income with respect to this loan. The loan receivable was fully settled during the first quarter of 2007.

        As of December 31, 2008, Softbank beneficially owned approximately 12% of the Company's outstanding stock.

Audiovox

        Prior to the sale of PCD on July 1, 2008, one of the Company's former officers served as a director for Audiovox Corporation ("Audiovox"). During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company paid approximately $0.8 million, $2.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively, for IT services provided by Audiovox.

NOTE 18—RESTRUCTURING

        During the fourth quarters of fiscal 2008 and 2007, the Company announced restructuring initiatives focused on aligning the Company's cost base with revenues. As of December 31, 2008, the Company's total restructuring accrual was $9.5 million. The Company continues to review its business for opportunities to reduce operating expenses and focus on executing its strategy based on core competencies and cost efficiencies.

2008 Plan

        During fiscal 2008, the Company recorded $13.1 million in restructuring charges which included $12.2 million for severance and benefits, $0.5 million for costs associated with cancellation of customer projects, and $0.3 million for lease termination costs. These charges were primarily related to a global reduction in force across all functions and employee terminations at certain non-core operations which the Company is in the process of winding down. The total number of employees affected totaled approximately 700, including 400 in China, 200 in Korea and 100 in other locations including the United States. Payment of accrued amounts related to severance and benefits aggregating $8.0 million at December 31, 2008 are expected to be completed by the second quarter of fiscal 2009.

2007 Plan

        In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company implemented a restructuring plan (the "2007 Plan") to reduce operating costs. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company completed the planned reduction in force, reducing the Company's headcount by approximately 12%, or approximately 800 employees. The workforce reduction was primarily in the United States and China and, to a lesser degree, other international locations.

153

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The Company incurred a restructuring charge of $14.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2007, comprised largely of cash payments associated with one-time severance benefits and facilities related cost. During the fourth quarter of 2007, $11.3 million was paid and as of December 31, 2007, the remaining $3.2 million of the restructuring expense was included in other current liabilities. At December 31, 2008 the restructuring accrual for the 2007 Plan included within other liabilities of approximately $0.8 million was related to a lease obligation and will be settled over the remaining lease term, which expires in fiscal year 2010.

        The activity in the accrued restructuring balances related to the plans described above was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008:

        The following table shows the total amount of costs incurred by segment in connection with the restructuring programs:

154

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 19—OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

        Other income (expense), net consists of the following:

NOTE 20—VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

        In October 2008, the Company made an investment in Turnstone Environment Technologies LLC ("TET"), a Delaware limited liability company formed for the purpose of licensing and developing energy efficient renewable cooling solutions for cell towers in the telecommunications industry. In exchange for its 22% interest in TET, the Company contributed $4.8 million in cash. The Company currently does not have any representation on TET's board of directors nor the ability to control the management and operation decisions of TET. The operations of TET are in the preliminary stages and the entity is actively seeking additional investors. The Company does not intend to and has no obligation to fund future losses or make additional contributions other than the investment described above. As of December 31, 2008, TET was in effect entirely funded by the Company's initial investment as the capital contributions of the current investors were not substantive. The Company has determined that the venture is a variable interest entity ("VIE") and the Company is the primary beneficiary because it is exposed to the majority of the variable interest entity's expected losses. Therefore, the Company is required to consolidate the VIE's financial statements under FIN 46R, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities". However, the Company did not consolidate the financial statements of the VIE for 2008 as the operations of this variable interest entity were not material to the consolidated balance sheet or statement of operations of the Company.

        During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company provided an interest free, $12.4 million loan to a party in China as seed capital for a venture organized to participate in providing technical service, networking technology and equipment to the emerging market for IPTV products in China. The loan, partially secured by an indirect ownership interest in the venture, was payable in 10 years and could be called early without penalty. As a result of the foregoing, and the fact that the venture's continuing viability was heavily dependent on the further provision of network and terminal equipment by the Company, the Company determined that the venture was a VIE and that the Company was the primary beneficiary of the venture. Therefore, the Company was required to consolidate the VIE's financial statements. The consolidation of this VIE in prior years did not have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. In March 2008, the Company received a repayment in full of the loan's principal balance, eliminating its interest in the VIE, and resulting in reconsideration of the Company's position as the primary beneficiary. Based on this reconsideration event, management has concluded the Company is no longer the primary beneficiary under FIN 46R and is no longer required to consolidate the VIE's financial statements. The Company's Consolidated Statement of

155

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 includes the operating results of the VIE through February 2008, at which point the VIE was deconsolidated from the Company's financial statements. In the first quarter of 2008, the Company recorded an $8.2 million gain upon the repayment of the loan and deconsolidation that was included in other income, expense, net. As management expects continuing involvement with the ongoing entity's business as a supplier of IPTV equipment, the Company has determined the conditions for presentation as a discontinued operation were not met.

NOTE 21—QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

        In the first and fourth quarter of 2008, the Company identified and recorded additional contract loss reserves of $1.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively, relating to 2006 and 2007. These prior-period charges related to loss contracts resulted in an understatement of cost of sales and related understatement of net loss for 2006 and 2007. The Company also identified and recorded an additional $2.5 million charge in the fourth quarter of 2008 relating to correction of the forfeiture rate application for the stock compensation expense associated with prior periods. This prior-period charge resulted in the understatement of operating expenses and related understatement of net loss for 2006 and 2007. The impact of these prior-period charges was not material to any of the prior annual or interim period,

156

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

nor was the impact of recording these charges in 2008 material to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

157

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 9—CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

ITEM 9A—CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's ("SEC") rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including its chief executive officer ("CEO") and chief financial officer ("CFO"), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required financial disclosure.

        In connection with the preparation of this annual report on Form 10-K ("Form 10-K"), the Company carried out an evaluation as of December 31, 2008 under the supervision and with the participation of the Company's management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based upon this evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that as of December 31, 2008 the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were not effective because of the material weaknesses described below under "Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting."

        To address these material weaknesses, the Company performed additional analyses and other procedures (described below under the subheading "Interim Measures") to ensure that the Company's consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP"). Accordingly, Company management believes that the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K fairly present in all material respects the Company's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented and that this Form 10-K does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the periods covered by this report.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        Management has conducted an assessment, including testing, of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making its assessment, management used the criteria in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO").

        A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the

158

---

Table of Contents

company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting have been identified as of December 31, 2008.

1.

The Company did not maintain effective controls at its U.S. headquarters over the appropriate matching of costs of sales with revenue and the recording of reserves for losses on customer contracts. Specifically, the Company's controls did not operate effectively to ensure that cost of sales was recorded completely and accurately when revenue was recognized, as well as ensuring that all costs related to reserves for losses on customer contracts were recorded in the appropriate period and that the existing loss reserves were adequate. These processes were not always performed correctly or timely, and there was inadequate management review to detect calculation and/or posting errors. These control deficiencies resulted in audit adjustments to the consolidated financial statements for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2008, June 30, 2008 and September 30, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2008.



2.

The Company did not maintain effective controls at its US headquarters over the period-end financial reporting process. Specifically, the Company's controls did not operate effectively to ensure the appropriate and timely analysis and monitoring of the underlying information related to its period-end financial reporting process and preparation of consolidated financial statements. This control deficiency resulted in adjustments, including audit adjustments to the consolidated financial statements for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2008, June 30, 2008 and September 30, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        The material weaknesses described above could result in misstatement of the Company's consolidated financial statements that would result in a material misstatement to the quarterly or annual consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

        Because of these material weaknesses described above, management has concluded that the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

        The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

Management's Planned Remediation Initiatives and Interim Measures

        The Company continues to make necessary changes and improvements to the overall design of its control environment to address the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described above. In particular, the Company has implemented and/or plans to implement during 2009 the specific remediation initiatives described below. In addition, in connection with preparation of the 2008 annual consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K, the Company has undertaken the additional measures described under the subheading "Interim Measures" below to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company's 2008 annual consolidated financial statements and to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries was made known to management and included in this Form 10-K.

Remediation Initiatives

        1.     To remediate the material weakness described above over "The appropriate matching of costs of sales with revenue and the recording of reserves for losses on customer contracts," the Company's planned remediation measures are intended to address material weaknesses that have

159

---

Table of Contents

the potential of misstating these balances in the financial statements in future financial periods. These measures include the following:

            i.  During the first, second and third quarters of 2008, the Company implemented an upgrade to its enterprise resource planning ("ERP") system, which provided enhanced automated features and controls around the matching of cost of sales to revenue. In fiscal 2009, we will continue to enhance the automated controls and the review procedures over the reports generated from the ERP system.

           ii.  In the third and fourth quarter of 2008, the Company transitioned the responsibility for calculating the loss contract reserves to its local project office in India to facilitate enhanced coordination between the local business units, operations, sales and the finance team. In fiscal 2009, we will enhance the timeliness and quality of the information to enable a more effective review of the components of the loss reserve calculation by the business units, operations, sales and finance teams. In addition, corporate finance management will perform enhanced independent and timely reviews of the loss contract reserve calculation.

        2.     To remediate the material weakness described above over "Period-end financial reporting process" the Company added technical resources to the corporate finance team in the US late in the third quarter of fiscal 2008. In 2009, the additional technical resources will enable the Company to broaden the scope and quality of the independent reviews of underlying information related to the Company's period-end financial reporting process, to standardize the processes for such financial reviews and to ensure the reviewers analyze and monitor financial information in a consistent and thorough manner.

Interim Measures

        Management has not yet implemented all of the measures described above under the heading "Remediation Initiatives" and/or tested them. Nevertheless, management believes the measures identified above to the extent they have been implemented, together with other measures undertaken by the Company in connection with the 2008 year end consolidated financial statement reporting process and described below, address the identified control deficiencies under "Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting." These other measures include the following:

        1.     Analysis of the backlog report and gross margin report, as well as extensive reviews of the reserves for losses on customer contracts, in India, including reviews of the inventory cost against the current cost backlog report, and reconciliation between the local cost records to the cost records at the Company's headquarters.

        2.     A variety of manual review procedures, such as an extensive review of journal entry postings into the ERP system, a thorough review of account reconciliations, and a detailed review at its U.S. headquarters of trial balances including those issued from decentralized locations, to ensure the completeness and accuracy of the underlying financial information used to generate the 2008 consolidated annual financial statements.

Management's Conclusion

        Management believes the remediation measures described under "Management's Planned Remediation Initiatives and Interim Measures" above will strengthen the Company's internal control over financial reporting and remediate the material weaknesses identified in "Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting." However, management has not yet implemented all of these measures and/or tested them. Management believes that the interim measures described under "Management's Planned Remediation Initiatives and Interim Measures" above to the extent they have been implemented, provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting

160

---

Table of Contents

and the preparation of the Company's financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and has discussed its conclusions with the Company's Audit Committee.

        The Company is committed to continuing to improve its internal control processes and will continue to diligently and vigorously review its disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting in order to ensure compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. However, any control system, regardless of how well designed, operated and evaluated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives will be met. As management continues to evaluate and work to improve the Company's internal control over financial reporting, it may determine to take additional or alternate measures to address control deficiencies, and it may determine not to complete certain of the measures described under "Management's Planned Remediation Initiatives and Interim Measures" above.

Remediation of Material Weaknesses Reported in 2007

        As of December 31, 2008, the Company believes it has effectively remediated the following material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that were included in "Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting" in "Item 9A—Controls and Procedures" contained in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007:

        1.     Maintaining effective controls to prevent or detect non-compliance with established policies and procedures intended to ensure compliance with laws and regulations.

        2.     Maintaining effective controls at the Company's U.S. headquarters over the complete and accurate preparation and review of its consolidated statements of cash flows and segment reporting.

        For additional information relating to the control deficiencies that resulted in these material weaknesses listed above, please see the discussion under "Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting" in "Item 9A—Controls and Procedures" contained in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

        During 2007 and 2008, the Company developed and implemented remediation measures to address the two material weaknesses listed above. As described in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2007, the remediation measures included the following:

        1.     Maintaining effective controls to prevent or detect non-compliance with established policies and procedures intended to ensure compliance with laws and regulations—the Company launched a formal investigation at the direction of the audit committee of the Company's Board of Directors ("Audit Committee") to review alleged violations of the FCPA during the second quarter of 2006; refer to "Governmental Investigations" under "ITEM 3—LEGAL PROCEEDINGS" for additional information. Throughout the course of this investigation, the Company has taken actions including changes to its training, policies and procedures including to its code of business conduct and ethics, its payment controls particularly in outlying regions, and its due diligence evaluation of business partnerships. In the third and fourth quarters of 2007, and throughout 2008 the Company provided training to personnel in offices in various regions including North America, Europe, the Asia Pacific region including China, and India and, in 2009, plans to continue to provide training. In the first and third quarters of 2008, the Company reviewed and expanded the list of the Company's employees who receive the quarterly certification administered under the Company's Disclosure Committee's supervision, to ensure comprehensive certification coverage globally across the organization and in particularly China. The certification includes various questions related to compliance with the Company's policies as well as laws and regulations, including FCPA. In addition, the Company's internal audit staff continues to audit the Company's efforts to monitor

161

---

Table of Contents

controls at company operations globally, through reviews and audits of employee compliance with applicable policies and procedures at business units, subsidiaries and other locations.

        2.     Maintaining effective controls at the Company's U.S. headquarters over the complete and accurate preparation and review of its consolidated statements of cash flows and segment reporting.—During the second, third and fourth quarters of 2008, the Company implemented various remediation measures to address this material weakness, which included the following:

            i.  The Company enhanced its processes over the preparation and review of the financial statements by adding technical resources to the corporate finance team in the US which enabled a more timely and effective review of the Disclosure Checklist and the independent review of the Company's financial statements.

           ii.  The Company implemented new processes over the preparation and review of the cash flow statements to enhance the flow of information related to material transactions and accounts available for the preparation and review of the cash flow statements. Also, additional reviews of the cash flow statements were added.

Management's Conclusion

        Management has conducted an assessment, including testing, of the effectiveness of the Company's remediated internal control processes over financial reporting described above under "Remediation of Material Weaknesses Reported in 2007" as of December 31, 2008. In making its assessment, management used the criteria in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO. Management believes these remediated internal control processes described above effectively mitigated, as of December 31, 2008, the two material weaknesses listed above under "Remediation of Material Weaknesses Reported in 2007".

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        As discussed above under "Management's Planned Remediation Initiatives and Interim Measures" and certain of the remediated control processes under "Remediation of Material Weaknesses Reported in 2007" there were changes to the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2008 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B—OTHER INFORMATION

        On February 27, 2009, the Compensation Committee approved amendments to the Company's Amended and Restated Executive Involuntary Termination Severance Pay Plan and the Amended and Restated Vice President Change in Control and Involuntary Termination Severance Pay Plan. The amendments remove the Company's discretion to amend, modify or terminate the Plans to the detriment of a covered employee before a change in control without such affected employee's consent.

PART III

ITEM 10—DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        Information regarding our directors, executive officers and corporate governance is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The information regarding current executive officers found under the heading "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I, Item 1 hereof is also incorporated by reference into this Item 10. Information regarding Section 16 reporting compliance is incorporated by reference from information in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the section heading "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance." The information regarding Audit

162

---

Table of Contents

Committee members and "audit committee financial experts" is incorporated by reference to the information contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

        We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics ("Code of Ethics") that applies to all employees including our principal executive officers. The Code of Ethics is designed to promote: (i) honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, (ii) full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we are required to file to the SEC and in other public communications, (iii) compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, (iv) the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code of Ethics to an appropriate person or entity, and (v) accountability for adherence to the Code of Ethics.

        As a supplement to the Code of Ethics, we have also adopted a Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers ("Code of Ethics for Financial Officers"), which is designed to highlight the legal and ethical obligations of the Chief Executive Officer and financial officers. The Code of Ethics for Financial Officers imposes upon applicable officers certain additional internal reporting requirements for acts committed in violation of the Code of Ethics and/or the securities laws.

        Copies of the Code of Ethics and the Code of Ethics for Financial Officers are available on our website at http://investorrelations.utstar.com/governance.cfm. Any waiver of the Code of Ethics or Code of Ethics for Financial Officers pertaining to a member of our Board or one of our executive officers will be disclosed on our website at http://investorrelations.utstar.com/governance.cfm.

ITEM 11—EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        Information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 12—SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

        Information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

163

---

Table of Contents

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

        The following table sets forth information, as of December 31, 2008, with respect to compensation plans under which the Company's equity securities are authorized to be issued:

---

(1)

See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Company's equity compensation plans.

(2)

Includes shares of common stock to be issued upon exercise of options granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan"), our 1997 Stock Plan, and our 2001 Director Option Plan and 5,142,878 shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to restricted stock units under our 2006 Plan.

(3)

Because restricted stock units do not have an exercise price, the 5,142,878 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to RSUs under our 2006 Plan are not included in the calculation of weighted average exercise price.

(4)

Includes 1,180,261 shares of common stock to be issued upon exercise of options granted under our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 10,709,159 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2006 Plan.

(5)

Includes shares of common stock to be issued upon exercise of options granted under our 2003 Non-Statutory Option Plan. Upon implementation of the 2006 Plan, the remaining securities available for future issuance under the 2003 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan were rolled into the 2006 Plan. Does not include 5,768 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options with a weighted-average price of $3.35 that were assumed in acquisitions of Advanced Communication Devices Corporation.

(6)

Does not include 1,762 shares remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans related to our acquisition of Rolling Streams Systems, Ltd.

ITEM 13—CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

        Information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

164

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 14—PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

        Information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

PART IV

ITEM 15—EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

165

---

Table of Contents

166

---

Table of Contents

167

---

Table of Contents

168

---

Table of Contents

---

*

Management contract, plan or arrangement.

†

Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an order granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment.

††

Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        In reviewing the agreements included as exhibits to this Annual report on Form 10-K, please remember they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about the Company or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and:

•

should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;

169

---

Table of Contents

•

have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement;



•

may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to you or other investors; and



•

were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Additional information about the Company may be found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Company's other public filings, which are available without charge at our website, www.utstar.com. The information contained on our website is not being incorporated herein.

170

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Peter Blackmore and Viraj J. Patel, jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

171

---

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I

UTSTARCOM, INC. (UNCONSOLIDATED—PARENT COMPANY BASIS)

REGISTRANT BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share data)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

172

---

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM, INC. (UNCONSOLIDATED—PARENT COMPANY BASIS)

CONDENSED INFORMATION AS TO THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE REGISTRANT

(in thousands)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

173

---

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM, INC. (UNCONSOLIDATED—PARENT COMPANY BASIS)
CONDENSED INFORMATION AS TO THE CASH FLOWS OF THE REGISTRANT
(In thousands)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

174

---

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        UTStarcom, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is the parent company of all UTStarcom, Inc. subsidiaries. The accompanying condensed financial statements reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of UTStarcom, Inc. on a separate, parent company basis. All subsidiaries of UTStarcom, Inc. are reflected as investments accounted for using the equity method. Accordingly, intercompany transactions have not been eliminated. Inventory balances at December 31, 2008 and 2007 include intercompany profit of $1.8 million and $2.4 million, respectively. There was $100 million and $150 million of cash dividends paid by its subsidiaries in China during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In February 2009, there was an additional $50 million of cash dividends paid by its subsidiaries in China. For accounting policies and other information, see the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein.

NOTE 2—INVENTORY

        A majority of the Company's inventory as at December 31, 2008 and 2007 is finished goods.

175

---

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

UTSTARCOM, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006

---

(1)

Charged (credited) against other comprehensive income

176

---